gujarat state fertilizers & chemicals...

Study Period: 1st March, 2018 to 31st May 2018

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited

PO Fertilizernagar, Tal.& Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR PROPOSED CAPACITY

ENHANCEMENT AND EXPANSION OF NYLON - 6 CHIPS

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

CLIENT

PROJECT TITLE

PROJECT NO.

:

:

:

GUJARAT STATE FERTILIZERS & CHEMICALS LIMITED

FERTILIZERNAGAR, TAL.& DIST. VADODARA, GUJARAT,

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR

PROPOSED CAPACITY ENHANCEMENT AND EXPANSION OF

NYLON - 6 CHIPS

SIA/GJ/IND2/30757/2019

NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road, Surat - 395002

Prepared By:







Prepared By:

INDEX

CHAPTER-1 INTORDUCTION ................................................................................................ 1

1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 INTRODUCTION & COMPANY PROFILE ....................................................................... 1

1.2.1 Identification of Project ....................................................................................... 1

1.2.2 Project Proponent ................................................................................................ 2

1.3 Justifcation of the project ........................................................................................... 2

1.4 Project details .............................................................................................................. 3

1.4.1 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS ...................................... 10

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ...................................................................................... 11

1.5.1 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions ........................................................ 11

1.5.2 Scope of the Study ............................................................................................. 12

1.6 Structure of the EIA report ........................................................................................ 29

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................... 30

2.1 Background ................................................................................................................ 30

2.2 Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best available technologies

(BAT) 30

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................................................ 31

2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................................... 32

2.4.1 General Location of the Site .............................................................................. 32

2.4.2 Approach to the Project Site .............................................................................. 34

2.4.3 Site Details ......................................................................................................... 34

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ....................................................................... 36

2.5.1 Production Capacity ........................................................................................ 36

2.5.2 Cost of the Project ............................................................................................. 38

2.6 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRES BY OR FOR THE PROJECT .................................. 39

2.7 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ............................. 39

2.8 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES................................................................................... 40

2.9 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................. 43

2.9.1 Raw Material Storage and Handling .................................................................. 43

2.9.2 Storage Facilities ................................................................................................ 44

2.9.3 Infrastructure ..................................................................................................... 45

2.9.4 Transportation of Finished Products ................................................................. 48

2.9.5 Air Emissions ...................................................................................................... 48

2.9.6 Noise Pollution ................................................................................................... 52

2.9.7 Water Consumption, Waste Water Generation & Disposal Details .................. 52

2.9.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and Disposal

60

2.9.9 Mitigation Measures at Design Stage ................................................................ 62

2.9.10 Assessment of New and Untested Technology ................................................. 64

2.9.11 Condensed Description ...................................................................................... 64

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................... 66

3.1 STUDY AREA .............................................................................................................. 66

3.2 PERIOD....................................................................................................................... 66

3.3 COMPONENTS ........................................................................................................... 66

3.4 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................ 68

3.4.1 Frequency of Sampling ...................................................................................... 68

3.4.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ............................................. 69

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS, AS

IDENTIFIED IN THE SCOPE .................................................................................................... 70

3.5.1 Meteorology ...................................................................................................... 70

3.5.2 Land Use ............................................................................................................. 75

3.5.3 Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................... 79

3.5.4 Noise .................................................................................................................. 84

3.5.5 Hydrology and Ground Water............................................................................ 87

3.5.6 Geological Environment ..................................................................................... 98

3.5.7 Traffic Study ....................................................................................................... 99

3.5.8 Soil .................................................................................................................... 100

3.5.9 Ecology & Biodiversity ..................................................................................... 103

3.5.10 Socio-Economics .............................................................................................. 111

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

124

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY .................................................................. 124

4.2 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT ..... 126

4.2.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 129

4.2.2 Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 141

4.2.3 Water Environment ......................................................................................... 143

4.2.4 Land Environment ............................................................................................ 146

4.2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management....................................................... 147

4.2.1 Health and Safety (RH) ..................................................................................... 148

4.2.2 Ecology & Biodiversity Environment................................................................ 149

4.2.3 Socio Economic Environment .......................................................................... 151

CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................................ 153

5.1 Site Selection ........................................................................................................... 153

5.2 Technology Selection .............................................................................................. 153

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................... 155

6.1.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 155

6.1.2 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 155





6.1.7 Traffic Monitoring ............................................................................................ 164

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................... 169

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .......................................................................................... 169

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................... 169

7.2.1 Hazard Assessment and Evaluation ................................................................. 172

7.2.2 Comprehensive existing Safety Mitigation/ Control Measures at GSFC Complex

181

7.2.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) ........................................................... 185

7.2.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OH&S) .................................................... 196

7.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ................................................................................................... 199

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS ....................................................................................... 200

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................... 200

8.2 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS ............................................................................................ 200

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................... 201

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED; SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED ..................... 201

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS .................................................................................... 201

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ................................................ 207

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................... 208

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ..................................................... 208

10.1.1 Objectives of EMP ............................................................................................ 208

10.1.2 Environment Management Plan ...................................................................... 209

10.2 COMPLIANCE MONITORING ................................................................................... 211

10.2.2 Cost for Environment Management System ................................................... 211

10.3 ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT ............................................................................. 213

10.3.1 Green Belt Development ................................................................................. 213

10.3.2 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme ....................................................................... 216

10.3.3 Concept of Waste Minimization, Recycle, Reuse / Recover, Energy

Conservation and Natural Resource Conservation ........................................................ 217

10.3.4 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN/ CER .................................................. 218

10.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH OF WORKERS .................................................................. 219

10.4.1 Noise ................................................................................................................ 219

10.4.2 Heat .................................................................................................................. 219

10.4.3 Dust, other Chemicals and Metals being suspended in the Environment ...... 220

10.4.4 Occupational Hazards specific Pre-Placement and Periodical Health Checkup

220

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ................................................................. 220

10.5.1 INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM POLICY (Covering Responsible care,

Quality, Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy) .................................. 220

CHAPTER-11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ..................................................................... 222

11.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 222

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ 222

11.3 Proposed Project ..................................................................................................... 222

11.3.1 Air Emissions & Control ................................................................................... 223

11.3.2 Noise ................................................................................................................ 223

11.3.3 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal ................................................................. 224

11.3.4 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste ...................................................................... 224

11.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................... 224

11.4.1 Study Period, Area & Monitoring/Sampling Locations .................................... 224

11.4.2 Land Use and Land Cover ................................................................................. 225

11.4.3 Micro Meteorology .......................................................................................... 225

11.4.4 Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................... 225

11.4.5 Noise Level ....................................................................................................... 226

11.4.6 Soil Quality ....................................................................................................... 226

11.4.7 Groundwater Quality ....................................................................................... 226

11.4.8 Surface water Quality ...................................................................................... 227

11.4.9 Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................. 228

11.4.10 Socio Economic ............................................................................................ 228

11.5 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ................................................................... 229

11.5.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 229





11.5.6 Biological Environment .................................................................................... 230

11.5.7 Socio-Economic Environment .......................................................................... 230

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ................................................................... 230

11.6.1 Socio Economic Development Activities .......................................................... 230

11.6.2 Risk Assessment & OH&S ................................................................................. 231

11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 231

11.8 CONCLUSION ........................................................................................................... 231

CHAPTER-12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ................................................................... 233

12.1 COMPANY PROFILE ................................................................................................. 233

TABLES

Table 1-2: Brief description of the project ................................................................................. 3

Table 1-3: Area Statement of Existing and Proposed Expansion ............................................... 3

Table 1-4: Details of Existing & Proposed Production Capacity ................................................ 6

Table 1-5: Resource Requirement ............................................................................................. 7

Table 1-6: Applicable Statutory Permission ............................................................................. 11

Table 1-7: Compliance with the Terms of Reference .............................................................. 12

Table 2-1: Total Nylon-6 Application wise demand in Indian Market ..................................... 31

Table 2-2:Co-ordinates of the Project Site-Nylon 6 Chips Plant .............................................. 32

Table 2-3: List of Major Industries within 10 KM radius of Project Site .................................. 34

Table 2-4: Project Site Specific Environmental Sensitivity Details .......................................... 34

Table 2-5: Details of Existing & Proposed Production Capacity .............................................. 36

Table 2-6: Capital Cost Projection ............................................................................................ 38

Table 2-7: Resource Requirement ........................................................................................... 39

Table 2-8: Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation .......................................... 40

Table 2-9: Mass Balance for Continuous & Batch Process ...................................................... 41

Table 2-10: Mass Balance for Compounding Process .............................................................. 42

Table 2-11: Details of Existing & Proposed Raw Material ....................................................... 43

Table 2-12: Area Statement of Existing and Proposed Expansion ........................................... 45

Table 2-13: No. of Vehicles Required Daily for Proposed Project ........................................... 48

Table 2-14: Flue Gas Emission from Existing Unit ................................................................... 48

Table 2-15: Process Gas Emission from Existing Unit .............................................................. 50

Table 2-16: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels .............................................. 52

Table 2-17 : Details of Existing & Proposed Water Consumption of GSFC Complex ............... 53

Table 2-18: Details of Existing & Proposed Water Consumption of Nylon 6 Chips ................. 53

Table 2-19: Existing and Proposed Waste Water Generation of GSFC Complex .................... 54

Table 2-20: Existing and Proposed Waste Water Generation of Nylon 6 ............................... 55

Table 2-21: Details of Effluent Characteristics ......................................................................... 58

Table 2-22: Details of Existing Waste Water Treatment Units ................................................ 58

Table 2-23: Details of Existing and Proposed Solid and Hazardous Waste ............................. 61

Table 2-24: Details of Mitigation Measures at Design Stage ................................................... 62

Table 2-25: Condensed Description of Aspects of the Project likely to Cause Environmental

Effects....................................................................................................................................... 64

Table 3-1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ............................................................... 68

Table 3-2: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis .................................................. 69

Table 3-3:Meteorological Condition of Study Area ................................................................. 70

Table 3-4:Land use Statistics (10 km) ...................................................................................... 77

Table 3-5: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ............................ 80

Table 3-6: Details of Analysis Method ..................................................................................... 81

Table 3-7:Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5 ........................... 82

Table 3-8: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of SO2 and NOx ............................. 82

Table 3-9: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of NH3 and HF .............................. 83

Table 3-10: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of NH3 and HF ............................ 83

Table 3-11: Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ................................................. 85

Table 3-12: Noise Monitoring report during day time ............................................................ 86

Table 3-13: Noise Monitoring report during night time .......................................................... 86

Table 3-14 : Details of Ground Water sampling locations ....................................................... 89

Table 3-15: Ground water Analysis Results ............................................................................. 89

Table 3-16: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ....................................................... 93

Table 3-17: Surface water Analysis Results ............................................................................. 94

Table 3-18: Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water ............................................................ 95

Table 3-19: Standard Limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters ................. 97

Table 3-20: Traffic Study Report .............................................................................................. 99

Table 3-21: LOS Criteria ......................................................................................................... 100

Table 3-22: Details of Soil sampling location ......................................................................... 101

Table 3-23: Soil Sample Analysis Result ................................................................................. 101

Table 3-24: Trees Species of Study Area ................................................................................ 103

Table 3-25: Shrub Species ...................................................................................................... 106

Table 3-26: Herbs Species of Study Area ............................................................................... 106

Table 3-27: Climber Species ................................................................................................... 108

Table 3-28: Grasses ................................................................................................................ 108

Table 3-29: List of Mammals in the Study Area ..................................................................... 109

Table 3-30: List of Domestic Mammals in the Study Area ..................................................... 109

Table 3-31: Avi Fauna ............................................................................................................. 109

Table 3-32: List of Reptiles in the Study Area ........................................................................ 110

Table 3-33: Detail of Fishes .................................................................................................... 110

Table 3-34: Details of Population in Study Area .................................................................... 112

Table 3-35: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area ....................................................................... 114

Table 3-36: Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area ................................................................. 115

Table 3-37: Details of Occupational Structure ....................................................................... 117

Table 3-38:Education Facilities .............................................................................................. 119

Table 3-39: Medical/Primary Health Care Facilities .............................................................. 119

Table 3-40: Drinking Water Facilities ..................................................................................... 119

Table 3-41: Drainage and Sanitation Facilities....................................................................... 120

Table 3-42: Communication Facilities .................................................................................... 120

Table 3-43:Transportation Facilities ...................................................................................... 120

Table 3-44: Road Approach Facilities ..................................................................................... 120

Table 3-45: Bank Facilities...................................................................................................... 121

Table 3-46: Power Supply Facilities ....................................................................................... 121

Table 3-47: Summary of Baseline Results .............................................................................. 121

Table 4-1: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts .......................................................... 125

Table 4-2: Score ranges for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts................................................. 125

Table 4-3: Criteria of Significance / Consequence ................................................................. 125

Table 4-4: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project ........................................... 127

Table 4-5: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment ............................ 129

Table 4-6: Incremental Traffic Study Report.......................................................................... 130

Table 4-7: Existing Traffic Scenario with Respect to LOS ....................................................... 131

Table 4-8: LOS Criteria ........................................................................................................... 131

Table 4-9: Detail of Vehicular Emission- Line Source ............................................................ 133

Table 4-10: Summary of Line Source Modeling ..................................................................... 133

Table 4-11: Total Predictive GLC ............................................................................................ 139

Table 4-12: Traffic Management ........................................................................................... 140

Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment ..................... 141

Table 4-14: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment .................... 143

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste

Management .......................................................................................................................... 147

Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity ................ 149

Table 4-17: Issues identified Village wise .............................................................................. 152

Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment ................................... 156

Table 6-2: Environment Monitoring Program for Noise Environment .................................. 156

Table 6-3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Environment .............................. 158

Table 6-4: Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ........................................................... 163

Table 6-5: Traffic Monitoring Program .................................................................................. 164

Table 6-6: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program ................................................ 166

Table 7-1: Toxicity Index ........................................................................................................ 170

Table 7-2: Flammable Criteria ................................................................................................ 171

Table 7-3: Physio- Chemical Properties of Raw Materials & Products .................................. 171

Table 7-4 : Project Activity ..................................................................................................... 172

Table 7-5: Comprehensive Methodology Adopted ............................................................... 174

Table 7-6: Risk Matrix ............................................................................................................ 174

Table 7-7: Risk Acceptability Criteria ..................................................................................... 175

Table 7-8: Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment .......................................................... 176

Table 7-9: Classification of Emergency .................................................................................. 186

Table 7-10: Mode of Emergency: ........................................................................................... 187

Table 7-11: On-Site Emergency Planning ............................................................................... 187

Table 7-12: SIREN CODE ......................................................................................................... 190

Table 7-13: Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards ............................. 197

Table 8-1: Funds utilized Under Corporate Social Responsibility (from 2014- 2018) ........... 206

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan ...................................................................... 209

Table 10-2 : Capital Cost for EMS........................................................................................... 211

Table 10-3 : Recurring Cost for EMS ...................................................................................... 212

Table 10-4: Details of Plantation in entire GSFC complex ..................................................... 213

Table 10-5: Type of Plantation at GSFC ................................................................................. 214

Table 10-6: Budget Break-up for CER Activities of 5 years .................................................... 219

Table 11-1: Existing and Proposed Production Capacity ....................................................... 222

Table 11-2: Project description .............................................................................................. 222

FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Process Flow Diagram of Nylon – 6 Plant .............................................................. 43

Figure 2-2: Water Balance Diagram of Existing Scenario of GSFC Complex ............................ 56

Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram after Expansion Scenario of GSFC Complex ................... 56

Figure 2-4: Water Balance Diagram after Expansion of Nylon 6 Plant .................................... 57

Figure 2-5: Schematic Flow Diagram of Existing ETP ............................................................... 60

Figure 3-1: Schematic presentation of Valued Environmental Component............................ 67

Figure 3-2:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation ..................... 73

Figure 3-3:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation ........................... 73

Figure 3-4: Wind Rose Diagram ............................................................................................... 74

Figure 3-5: Methodology Used for Land use Classification ..................................................... 76

Figure 3-6:Land use Statistics (10 Km) ..................................................................................... 77

Figure 3-7:Graph of Literacy Rate .......................................................................................... 116

Figure 3-8: Occupational Structure of Study Area ................................................................. 118

Figure 4-1: Isopleth for PM from Vehicular Movement-Line Source .................................... 135

Figure 4-2: Isopleth for CO from Vehicular Movement-Line Source ..................................... 136

Figure 4-3: Isopleth for HC from Vehicular Movement-Line Source ..................................... 137

Figure 4-4: Isopleth for NOx Vehicular Movement-Line Source ............................................ 138

Figure 7-1: Permanent Assembly points in GSFC ................................................................... 194

Figure 10-1: Organogram of Environment Management Cell ............................................... 220

MAPS

Map 1-1: Site Layout Plan of GSFC Complex.............................................................................. 4

Map 1-2: Key Plan of Nylon 6 Plant ........................................................................................... 5

Map 1-3: General & Specific location of Project Site ................................................................ 8

Map 1-4: Toposheet Map .......................................................................................................... 9

Map 2-1: General & Specific location of Project Site .............................................................. 32

Map 2-2: Map Showing Location of Project Site ..................................................................... 33

Map 2-3: Boundary Map of Nylon-6 Plant on Google Earth.................................................... 33

Map 2-4: Study Area Map of 10 Km Radius of Site .................................................................. 35

Map 2-5: Site Layout Plan of GSFC Complex............................................................................ 46

Map 2-6: Key Plan of Nylon 6 Plant ......................................................................................... 46

Map 3-1: Study Area Map ........................................................................................................ 67

Map 3-2: Land Use Map ........................................................................................................... 76

Map 3-3: Drainage Map ........................................................................................................... 78

Map 3-4: Digital Elevation Map ............................................................................................... 78

Map 3-5:Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air .......................................... 80

Map 3-6: Map showing the study region location of Noise .................................................... 84

Map 3-7 : Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water .......................... 88

Map 3-8: Map showing the locations for Surface water ......................................................... 93

Map 3-9: Map showing the Study Region Location of Soil .................................................... 101

PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Existing GSFC Complex & Nylon 6 Plant ............................... 9

Photograph 2-1: Photographs of Existing GSFC Complex & Nylon 6 Plant ............................. 36

Photograph 3-1: Monitoring Activity ....................................................................................... 70

ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Existing EC ......................................................................................................... 242

Annexure 2: Certified Compliance Report of Existing EC ...................................................... 256

Annexure 3: Action Plan by GSFC against the Partly Complied Conditions of Compliance

Report .................................................................................................................................... 257

Annexure 4: Show Cause Notice Issued by GPCB over the past 3 years & replies by GSFC .. 262

Annexure 5: Copy of Existing CC&A ....................................................................................... 265

Annexure 6: Amended CC&A ................................................................................................. 275

Annexure 7: Compliance of CC&A Conditions ....................................................................... 278

Annexure 8: ToR Letter .......................................................................................................... 291

Annexure 9: GIDC Notification ............................................................................................... 300

Annexure 10: Water Withdrawal Permission Letter ............................................................. 302

Annexure 11: VECL Membership ........................................................................................... 303

Annexure 12: Photographs of Separate Electric Meter & Online Meter .............................. 304

Annexure 13: Air dispersion Modeling Results from Vehicular Movement .......................... 305

Annexure 14: National Ambient Air Quality Standards ......................................................... 312

Annexure 15: MSDS of all the Chemicals ............................................................................... 314

Annexure 16: Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat’s Stay Order against Notification of MoEFCC ,

New Delhi ............................................................................................................................... 328

Annexure 17:EC of Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I): ................................................................... 332

ABBREVIATIONS

AMS- American Meteorological Society

AP/AQ- Air Pollution/ Air Quality

APCM- Air Pollution Control Measures

APHA- American Public Health Association

ARC/GIS- Arc geographical Information System

AWH- Air Water & Hazard Waste

CC&A- Consolidated Consent & Authorization

CPCB-Central Pollution Control Board

DMP- Disaster Management Plan

ECC - Emergency Control Center

EC-Environmental Clarence

EHS - Environment, Health and Safety

EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP - Environmental Management Plan

EMS- Environment Management System

EPA- Environment Protection Act

ERDAS- Earth Resource Development Assessment System

ERPG - Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ETP- Effluent Treatment Plant

GIDC - Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GSFC- Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals

GW- Ground Water

HIRA- Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

HSE- Health Safety and Environment

HW- Hazardous Waste

IS- Indian Standards

ISO-International Organization for Standardization

KLD- Kilo Liter Per Day

LEL - Lower Flammability Limits

LOS- Level of Serviceability

LU/LC- Land Use/ Land Cover

MoEFCC - Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheet

MSIHC - Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules

NRSC- National Remote Sensing Centre

OHS- Occupational Health Center

OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PCU-Passenger Car Unit

PEL - Permissible Exposure Limits

PPE – Personal protective equipment

QC-Quality Control

QMS- Quality Management System

R&D- Research and Development

RD- Resource Depletion

RSPL- Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

SCBA- Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

SEIAA- State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

SMC - Site Main Controller

SOP- Standard Operating Procedure

TL- Threshold Limit

TLV - Threshold Limit Value

ToR - Terms of References

TPA – Ton Per Annum

TPH- Tones per Hour

TPM- Tones Per Month

TSDF - Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility

ToR Letter

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA Report of

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited located at GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer

Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state.

EIA COORDINATOR

Name Signature

Mr. Jayeshkumar S. Patel

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS

Declaration by the Head of the Organization

I, Jayeshkumar S. Patel hereby confirm that the above mentioned team members were

involved in preparation of EIA Report of Gujarat State Fertilizers and Chemicals Limited. I

also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in

this statement

Authorization Letter

UNDERTAKING OF PROJECT PROPONENT

UNDERTAKING OF CONSULTANT

GUJARAT STATE FERTILIZERS & CHEMICALS LIMITED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD 1

CHAPTER-1 INTORDUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC) intends for the capacity enhancement &

expansion project of manufacturing Nylon 6 Chips Plant. The site is located at

Fertilizernagar, Tal. & Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat State

Purpose of the report is to identify environmental aspects, impacts and mitigation measures

arising out from proposed Expansion and to prepare EIA/EMP report as per Terms of

Reference (ToR) issued by State level Environment impact Assessment Authority, Gujarat.

The report is prepared based on ‘Generic Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III of EIA

Notification 2006, amended till date.

1.2 INTRODUCTION & COMPANY PROFILE

1.2.1 Identification of Project

The proposed project by GSFC is in existing GSFC Complex located in a Notified Industrial

area (Notification attached as Annexure 8). The total plot area of the GSFC complex is 328

Ha. and the plot area for proposed expansion activity is 0.0813 Ha. The proponent proposes

to expand the existing capacity of:

Nylon- 6 chips from 24425 MTPA to 45245 MTPA.

As per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006

and its amendment thereafter, the proposed project falls in “Category A” under project

activity 5(e),due to the applicability of General condition (GC) and Honorable National Green

Tribunal Order dated 10.07.2019.

Table 1-1: Identification of the Project as per EIA notification

Project or Activity Category Proposed

Products/Facility*

Project and Original Category

Petrochemical Based Processing

5(e) & Category ‘B’ Nylon-6 Chips

Now to be appraised as

Petrochemical Based Processing

5 (e) ,Category ‘A’

Nylon-6 Chips

* Detailed Production capacity of the unit is provided in Table 2-5.



1.2.2 Project Proponent

GSFC was incorporated in 1962 and production of fertilizers started in 1967. GSFC has set up

the first DAP fertilizer complex in India at Sikka, Jamnagar on the west coast of Gujarat.

GSFC was the first Company in India to establish a Caprolactam plant in the year 1974. This

was the apt. time when Caprolactam was in great demand mainly for the manufacture of

downstream products like nylon yarn, tyre cord, etc. As a way forward, it led to expansion

into Nylon-6 production. GSFC was also the first to recover Argon gas from purge gas, thus

entering into the foray of industrial gases by making Argon gas which is prominently used in

welding and this was done way back in the year 1981. GSFC also has to its credit of setting

up India's first Melamine plant.

As a step towards backward integration as well as a part of global trotting for feed-stocks

has participated in a joint venture in Tunisia viz. Tunisian Indian Fertilizers S.A. (TIFFERT),

this would ensure the consistent supply 1,80,000 TPA of additional Phosphoric Acid per

annum required for the production of DAP. The Company during the period of past half

decade has entered the Second Green Revolution phase by developing alternative energy

generation facilities and initiating the spread of drip irrigation systems in Gujarat. The

Company has provided valuable services to farmers by way of agricultural inputs and

marketing support. Entering the second green revolution, GSFC continued its role of

encouraging agricultural growth by developing and supplying Bio-Fertilizers and Bio-

technology products to the farmers under one roof. The Company has also advanced Tissue

Culture facilities to support horticulture and other crops. In order to provide farmers with

high-tech inputs, GSFC has formed 100% subsidiary GSFC Agrotech Limited for research and

marketing of liquid bio-fertilizers, Plant Growth Promoters-Sardar Amin Granules/liquid,

Tissue culture and Seeds.

1.3 JUSTIFCATION OF THE PROJECT

To produce and cater:

Engineering grade & film grade by Nylon-6 Plant

The overall demand for Nylon 6 in India has grown at ~7% p.a. over the last decade.

Nylon fibers demand has grown by ~6% p.a. whereas Nylon 6 resin demand has

grown at ~11% p.a. Current consumption of India is still very small accounting for

only ~5% of the global demand.

The adoption of Nylon 6 in some segments is expected to increase in near future. For

e.g. in packaging Industry nylon films have distinct advantage in increasing shelf life.



1.4 PROJECT DETAILS

Brief description of the project is given in Table 1-2

Table 1-2: Brief description of the project

Sr. No. Details Description

1 Nature Petrochemical Based Processing

2 Product Nylon 6 Chips

3 Capacity/Size

Existing capacity: 24425 MTPA

Proposed capacity: 20820 MTPA

After expansion total capacity: 45245 MTPA

4 Location Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC)

Fertilizer Nagar, Tal.& Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat State

5 Cost of the

project Approx. INR 20.00 Cr.

Table 1-3: Area Statement of Existing and Proposed Expansion

Sr.

No. Particulate

Area (Ha.)

Existing Proposed Total

1. Total Plant Area (Processing)

174.7 --* 174.7

2. GSFC Township 34.6 -- 34.6

3. Green Belt (In plant) 32.8 -- 32.8

4. Green Belt (Township) 85.9 -- 85.9

Total Area 328.0 -- 328.0

*The area for Nylon 6 plant is already demarcated in Processing Plant area of 174.70 ha as 0.0813 Ha (813 m2).



Map 1-1: Site Layout Plan of GSFC Complex

Nylon 6 location



Map 1-2: Key Plan of Nylon 6 Plant



Table 1-4: Details of Existing & Proposed Production Capacity

Sr. No.

Plant Name Product Unit Production Capacity


1 Ammonia – III Ammonia MT/year 33000 -- 33000

2 Ammonia – IV Ammonia MT/year 450000 -- 450000

Argon MT/year 3200000 -- 3200000

3 Urea – I Urea MT/year 103200 -- 103200

4 Urea – II Urea MT/year 264000 -- 264000

5 Melamine – I Melamine MT/year 5000 -- 5000

6 Melamine – II Melamine MT/year 10000 -- 10000

7 Phosphoric Acid

Phosphoric Acid MT/year 54000 -- 54000

Phosphogypsum*

MT/year 253260 -- 253260

8 DAP/ASP/MAP/

NPK DAP/ASP/MAP/

NPK MT/year

a)DAP DAP

MT/year 216000 -- 216000

b)ASP ASP

c) MAP MAP

d) NPK (12:32:16) NPK (12:32:16)

e) NPK (10:26:26) NPK (10:26:26)

9 Sulphuric Acid-III Sulphuric Acid MT/year 132000 -- 132000

10 Sulphuric Acid-IV Sulphuric Acid MT/year 445500 -- 445500

Co-Generation

Cogeneration – I Power MWH 15 -- 15

Steam MT/Hr 130 -- 130

Cogeneration – II Power MWH 25 -- 25


Cogeneration – III

Power MWH 50 -- 50


11 Caprolactam – I

Caprolactam MT/year 20000 -- 20000

Ammonium Sulphate

MT/year 80000 -- 80000

12 Caprolactam –II Caprolactam MT/year 50000 -- 50000

Ammonium MT/year 116000 -- 116000



Sr. No.



Sulphate

Nitric Acid MT/year 8300 -- 8300

13 Nylon – 6 Nylon – 6 MT/year 24425 20820 45245

14 MEK Oxime MEK Oxime MT/year 1200 -- 1200

15 MEK Expansion MEK Oxime MT/year 5300 -- 5300

16 Urea Phosphate Urea Phosphate MT/Year 1500 -- 1500

17 Methanol Methanol MT/year 191625 -- 191625

18 HAS Crystal HAS Crystal MT/year 1200 -- 1200

19

Water Soluble Fertilizer (WSF) &

Micronutrient Mixture (MM)

plant

WSF – NPK 19:19:19

MT/year 21600 -- 21600

WSF - MAP / MKP / KNO3 /

SOP MT/year 10800 -- 10800

Micronutrient Mixture

MT/year 54 -- 54

Table 1-5: Resource Requirement

Sr. No. Particular

Description Remark/Source

Existing Proposed

1 Land 328 ha 0.0813 ha

No additional land required for expansion.

*813 m2 area for expansion is already demarcated in Processing Plant area of

3280000 m2.

2 Capital

Cost -- 20.00 Cr. Cost of propsoed project

3 Manpower 5000

Construction phase: 15 Operation Phase: 04

After expansion total manpower will be 5019.

4 Utility

i. Power 76 MW 1.4 MW

Aftere expansion it will be 77.4 MW.

Is/will be sourced from Wind Mill / Cogeneration Plant/MGVCL.

Existing 1 D.G set of 562.5 kVA will be used during emergency



Sr. No. Particular


Existing Proposed

ii Water 32051 KLD 36.95 KLD

After expansion the total water requirment will be 32087.9 KLD

Is/will be sourced from French Wells (4 Nos.) GSFC’s own source in Mahi River.

iii

Fuel

HSD & Natural gas is used as fuel in existing project. No additional fuel will be procured for proposed project as existign utilities will be used.

iv Cooling Tower

Proposed: Cooling Tower of 4 m3/d.

v Steam Steam from existing facility will be utilized for proposed project. No

additional steam will be generated for proposed project.

Map 1-3: General & Specific location of Project Site

(Source: Google Co.in)



Map 1-4: Toposheet Map

Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Existing GSFC Complex & Nylon 6 Plant

GSFC Complex



Existing Nylon 6 Plant

1.4.1 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical

maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been

verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of

the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and verified by using

SoI topographical maps and satellite data.

Project Site Specific Environmental Sensitivity Details

Sr. No.

Environmental Sensitivity Name Distance & Direction

1 Nearest City Vadodara ~1.5 Km toward SE

2 Nearest Highway NH-48 ~0.67 Km towards E

3

Nearest River/Ponds/Lake/Canal

Narmada Canal ~ 1.6 km towards SE

Vishwamitri River ~ 5 km towards ENE

Meni River ~5.2 km towards NW

Mahi River ~7.1 km towards WNW

Surya Nadi ~ 6.9 km towards ENE

Sursagar Lake ~ 9.6 km towards SE

4 State /U.T National

Boundaries None --

5 Reserve Forest None --

6 National Park/ Wildlife

Sanctuary None --

7 Heritage Site None --

8 Defence installations Air Force Station at Harni

EME

~8.25 km towards SE

~9.0 km towards S



9 Critically Polluted Area Petrochemical Complex

(PCC) INA 0.75 Kms towards WNW

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

1.5.1 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions

Environmental Clearance:

GSFC has obtained Environment Clearance for its existing Nylon 6 plant vide letter

SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5I/131//2013 dated 05.07.2013.

Other Environmental Clearance includes:

Methanol Plant: Revamping of Existing Ammonia-1 Plant into 525 TPD Methanol Plant by

GSFC vide letter J-11011/901/2007-IA (II) dated 31/07/08.

Melamine Plant: Setting up of new Melamine Plant within existing complex by GSFC vide

letter SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f)/228/2016 dated 31/03/2016.

Ammonium Sulphate (AS-I): Expansion of Fertilizer plant by adding Ammonium Sulphate

Production Unit (AS-I) vide letter F.No.- J-11011/901/2007-IA(I) dated 06/03/2019

Copy of above mentioned EC are attached as Annexure 1. The certified compliance report of

the existing EC is attached as Annexure 2.

The existing unit has valid CC&A issued by GPCB vide Consent No.: AWH-78404, dated

07.06.2016, valid upto 31.12.2021, Copy of CC&A is attached as Annexure 5. The amended

CC&A is attached as Annexure 6. The compliance of the conditions of CC&A is attached as

Annexure 7.

Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ):

The project does not fall in CRZ zone hence does not attract any CRZ clearance.

Forest, Wildlife Clearance:

The project does not attract any Forest/Wildlife clearance since it is located in Notified

Industrial Area.

Other Permissions applicable to project is described in Table 1-6

Table 1-6: Applicable Statutory Permission

S. No.

Legal Instruments

1 The Factories Act, 1948

2 The Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963



S. No.

Legal Instruments

3 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended

to date.

4 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as

amended to date

5 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and Rules, 1978, as

amended to date.

6 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as

amended to date.

7 Disaster management Act, 2005

8 The Standards of Weight & Measures Rules – 1987 under Weight & Measures Act –

1976

9 The Standards of Weight & Measures (Packaged Commodities Rules-1977)

10 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986, as amended to date

11 The Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules,

1996

12 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle rules, 1989

13 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

14 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

15 Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016

16 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

17 Consents from GPCB

18 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

19 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991 as amended to date

20 The Bureau of Indian Standards

1.5.2 Scope of the Study

GSFC was awarded ToR vide letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/ToR/5I/520/2019 dated 01.04.2019 Copy of the

same is attached as Annexure 8. Compliance of the ToR is provided in Table 1-7

Table 1-7: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S. No

ToR Points Reply Citation in EIA report

1 Executive Summary Summary of the EIA is provided in EIA report

CHAPTER-11, Pg.222

2 Copy of plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.

(If applicable)

The proposed expansion is within existing premises of GSFC complex

Annexure 7,

Pg. 233

3 Present land use pattern of the The area surrounding the project Sub-Sec. 3.5.2,



S. No


study area shall be given based on satellite imagery.

site is largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and

Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and

14.98% respectively Barren Land like Waste Land and Open Land are covering around 8.46% and 3.18% respectively. Range Land

like Grass Land and Scrub Land are covering around 10.40 % and

16.30% respectively. Water body like River/Ponds is covering around 1.05%. Settlement is

covering around 17.67 % of the total study area. Satellite map is

prepared and provides in EIA report

Pg. 75, CHAPTER-3

4 Layout plan of the factory premises. (Show all the

production plants including Raw material & Products

storage area). Provision of separate entry & exit and

adequate margin all-round the periphery for unobstructed

easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire

tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the plant

layout.

Layout plan of the factory premises including Raw material &

Products storage area, separate entry & exit with proposed Nylon 6 plant is provided in EIA report

Map 2-5, Pg. 46, CHAPTER-2

5 Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best

available technologies (BAT), proposed technology, and

reasons for selecting the same.

Technology:

Existing:

(1) EMS-INVENTA AG , Switzerland

(2) TECHNIP-ZIMMER

Proposed:

Proposed compounding lines does not need any process license as

the manufacturing process involves mixing and blending of

Nylon 6 chips to get compounded chips and recipe is developed in-

house and includes major

Sec.2.8, Pg.40, CHAPTER-2



S. No


equipment’s like extruder. No reaction is involved in proposed

manufacturing activity

6 Details of manufacturing process / operations of each product along with chemical

reactions, mass balance, consumption of raw materials etc. Details on strategy for the

implementation of cleaner production activities.

Manufacturing process operations of each product along with

chemical reactions, mass balance, consumption of raw materials is

detailed in EIA report

There will be no Air emission or Hazardous waste generation due

to proposed manufacturing activity, thus making proposed

production activities cleaner and greener

Sec.2.8, Pg.40, CHAPTER-2

7 Full name and chemical formula of all the raw materials

and products. Details on end use of each product.

Raw materials includes: Caprolactam, Virgin Nylon 6 chips, Solid & Liquid additives, pigments

& glass fibers.

Product includes: Engineering and compounding grade Nylon-6

Chips.

There will be no By Products generation.

End Use of products: Monofilaments, Molding Grades,

Automobile & engineering.

Sub-Sec. 2.5.1, Pg. 36 &

Sec.2.9.1, Pg.43, CHAPTER-2

8 Complete management plan for By-products/Spent acids to be

generated, along with the name and address of end

consumers to whom the by-product/s will be sold. Copies

of agreement / MoU / letter of intent from them, showing

their willingness to purchase said by-products/Spent acids from the proposed project.

Not Applicable

As there will not be any By-product generation form

proposed manufacturing activity.

--

‘ 9 Explore the use of renewable energy to the maximum extent possible. Details of provisions to make the project energy-efficient through of energy

Regular energy conservation initiatives are/will be taken to reduce energy consumption

Use of energy efficient appliances

Installation of VFD’s

Sub-Sec. 10.3.3, Pg. 217,

CHAPTER-10



S. No


efficient devices and adoption of modes of alternative

ecofriendly sources of energy like solar water heater, solar

lighting etc. Measures proposed for energy

conservation.

Energy efficient machineries, fixtures and equipment will be

used during the construction and operation phase as far as possible.

Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise for

energy consumption

GSFC has installed 152.8 MW Wind Farm in Kucchh &

Saurashtra region, the same is utilized in Baroda & Sikka Unit.

Solar Power Plant of 10 MW is also under execution stage at

Charanka Patan

10 Leak Detection and Repairing Programme (LDAR) for all the

volatile organic solvent proposed for use in-house with

detailed chemical properties including vapor pressure. LDAR

shall odeling prevention of losses of solvents to the best

minimum extent.

For proposed manufacturing process no volatile solvents will be

used.

--

11 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of hazardous waste streams generation from the

manufacturing process (Product wise). Explore the

possibility to reuse such waste streams within premises as raw materials for other products or

to convert it into valuable products instead of selling out

side. Sound management of such waste streams as per the HW Rules 2016 as amended

time to time. Feasibility report for utilization shall be

incorporated in EIA report.

Only Used oil will be generated from utilities which will be sold to

registered refiners.

There is no hazardous waste generation from proposed

manufacturing activity

--

12 Action plan to reuse or consume entire quantity of spent acids/waste streams

within premises to convert into

Not Applicable

As no spent acid is generated from existing and proposed

--



S. No


valuable products instead of sending such spent acids to

outside premises.

manufacturing of Nylon 6.

13 Detailed mass balance and water balance (including reuse-

recycle, if any) along with qualitative and quantitative analysis of the each waste

stream from the processes.

Detailed mass balance is provided in EIA report.

The additional water requirement for Nylon 6 Plant is 36.95 KLD,

after expansion the water requirement of GSFC Complex will

be 32087.95 KLD

At present total waste water generated is 13989 KLD, The

additional waste water generated from Nylon 6 plant will be 22.2

KLD Industrial and 0.5 KLD Domestic, hence after expansion

the effluent generated will be 14011.7 KLD.

GSFC will surrendered the waste water disposal quantity of 30 KLD

available with it in the name of GATL project. Hence overall

effluent quantity going to VECL will be maintained within the existing permissible limit (i.e

13989 KLD).

The COD of the waste stream before treatment will be 4000 – 4500 mg/l and after treatment it

will be reduced to <250 mg/l, similarly the BOD before

treatment will be 1500 – 2000 mg/l and after treatment it will be

reduced to <50 mg/.

Mass Balance: Sec.2.8, Pg.40,

CHAPTER-2

Water Balance & Analysis of

streams

Sub-Sec 2.9.7 . Pg. 52, CHAPTER-

2

14 Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of

the same to meet with the requirements for the project. Permission obtained from the GIDC for supply of raw water. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within

the premises.

GSFC is having own French Wells in river Mahi (4 Nos.) and already has the permission of abstracting 31.8 MLD (As per GR of GoG +/-25% withdrawal is allowed by

irrigation department).

No bore well will be dug for the proposed additional capacity

Annexure 10, Pg. 302



S. No


within the premises.

15 Explore the possibility of reuse / recycle and other cleaner

production options for reduction of wastes. Details of methods to be adopted for the

water conservation.

Reuse/Recycle:

In proposed plant, instead of chilled water soft water from

R.O plant via cooling tower will be used for cooling purpose,

which will result into conservation of Raw water &

Power

Self-cleaning screw of twin screw extruder will ensure lower mixed grade generation during

change over in process. The minor mixed grade generated

will be recycled into the process.

Cleaner Production:

There will be no air emission or hazardous waste generation

form proposed manufacturing activity. However reuse/recycle, waste minimization and water

conservation will be carried out which is detailed in EIA report.

Sub-Sec. 10.3.3, Pg. 217,

CHAPTER-10

16 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of waste water to be

generated from the manufacturing process of each

product to be manufactured along with mass balance.

At present total waste water generated is 13989 KLD, The

additional waste water generated from Nylon 6 plant will be 22.2

KLD Industrial and 0.5 KLD Domestic, hence after expansion

the effluent generated will be 14011.7 KLD.

The COD of the waste stream before treatment will be4000 –

4500 mg/l and after treatment it will be reduced to <250 mg/l,

similarly the BOD before treatment will be 1500 – 2000

mg/l and after treatment it will be reduced to <50 mg/.

Sub-Sec 2.9.7, Pg. 52, CHAPTER-2

17 Segregation of waste streams and details on specific

treatment and disposal of each

The waste water from the process and washing will be sent to ETP-I

and treated waste water is further




S. No


stream. sent to Common Effluent Channel of VECL (Vadodara Enviro Channel

Limited). Waste water from utilities is/will be directly sent to final discharge pond followed by

VECL for disposal. Domestic sewage is disposed ine existing

soak pit of Nylon 6.

18 Details of ETP including dimensions of each unit along with schematic flow diagram. Inlet, transitional and treated effluent qualities with specific efficiency of each treatment

unit in reduction in respect of all concerned/regulated

environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be based on worst case scenario

considering production of most polluting products that can be

manufactured in the plant concurrently.

The effluent generated from proposed project will be treated in

existing ETP-I. At present waste water from Existing Caprolactam –

I, Nylon -6, Tank Farm Area, Effluent is treated in ETP –I. The capacity of ETP-I is 880 KLD and

present flow rate is 818 KLD.

Detailed description is provided in EIA report


19 Provision of CEMS-Continuous Emission Monitoring System as

per CPCB Guideline.

Not Applicable

As there will be no air emission from proposed manufacturing

activity

--

20 Membership certificate and current status of common

effluent channel VECL (Vadodara Enviro Channel

Limited)

GSFC is active member of Vadodara Enviro Channel Limited

for the disposal of its waste water. Membership letter is provided in

EIA report


21 Undertaking Stating that a separate electric meter will be provided for the ETP System.

Not Applicable

As separate Electric meter is already provided in Existing ETP’s,

Photograph of the same is provided in EIA report

Photographs of electric meter is

attached as Annexure 12,

Pg.304

22

Copy of permission letter with quantity from the authority of GIDC drainage network, Dahej

regarding confirmation for spare capacity available to take

The project site is located in Vadodara.

GSFC is active member of Vadodara Enviro Channel Limited,

Vadodara for the disposal of its




S. No


additional effluent load in GIDC drainage for final disposal to

deep Sea.

waste water. Membership letter is provided in EIA report

23 Proposal to provide and maintain separate electric

meter, operational logbook for effluent treatment systems,

online meters for monitoring of flow, pH, TOC/COD, etc.

Separate electric meter, operational logbook for effluent

treatment systems, online meters for monitoring of flow, pH, COD,

etc is already provided for existing ETP’s/final discharge point.

Operational logbook for effluent treatment systems is also

maintained at existing site.

Photographs attached as

Annexure 12, Pg.304

24 Application wise break-up of effluent quantity to be recycled / reused in various applications like sprinkling for dust control and green belt development

etc. In case of land application, details on availability of

sufficient open land for utilizing effluent for plantation / gardening. How it will be

ensured that treated effluent won’t flow outside the

premises linked with storm water during high rainy days.

The effluent generated from proposed project will be treated in

existing ETP-I. At present waste water from Existing Caprolactam –

I, Nylon -6, Tank Farm Area is treated in ETP –I. The capacity of ETP-I is 880 KLD and present flow

rate is 818 KLD. There is no discharge of water on land. There is a separate effluent

pipeline laid from Nylon 6 Plant to ETP-I to avoid mixing of storm

water with effluent, same pipeline will be used for conveying proposed effluent to ETP-I.

The plant is closed and covered hence there is/will be no chances

of ingress of storm water to effluent pit.


25

Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from

spillage, leakages, vessel washing, used container washing etc. Measures

proposed for preventing effluent discharge during

unforeseen circumstances.

The waste stream generated from spillage, leakages will be collected

and treated in existing ETP’s.

It will be ensure that spillage and leakages are avoided by periodic

monitoring.

Vessel and Container washing is not envisaged in proposed project

--

26

One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data using

Meteorology data has been collected for one season i.e. from

Sub-Sec.3.5.1, Pg. 70, CHAPTER-3



S. No


temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall should be incorporated.

1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018

Temperature: Minimum temperature 19OC recoded in the month of March while Maximum

temperature was recorded as 44.4OC on May 2018.

Humidity: Minimum Humidity was recorded 10% on May 2018.

Maximum Humidity was recorded as 84% on May 2018.

Wind Direction: Dominant wind direction was from SW –NE during

the study period.

Wind speed: Observed from 0.1 to 14.5 km/hr in the month of

March, from 0.1 to 15.0 km/hr in the month of April and from 0.1 to 23.4 km/hr in the Month of May

2018.

27

Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be

evaluated for significance and based on corresponding likely

impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted

within the study area of 5 km for all the concerned/identified

VECs and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their

magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

There will be negligible impact on the environment since there is no air emission or hazardous waste

generation form proposed manufacturing process. Used oil is

generated from utilities will be sold to authorized recyclers

The waste water generated will be treated in existing ETP I and discharge to VECL for final

disposal after treatment, it will not be disposed on land or any water body directly. Baseline studies of 10 km radius were

carried out and likely impacts on VEC’s has been assessed and

provided in EIA report.

CHAPTER-4, Pg. 124

28 One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except

monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the

Baseline study data has been collected for one season i.e. from 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018.

The sampling locations have been selected taking into account the

pre-dominant wind direction,

Sub-Sec. 3.5.3, Pg.79, CHAPTER-

3



S. No


revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well as project specific parameters. Locations of the monitoring

stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration

the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors. There should be at least one

monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should

be at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant

downwind direction at a location where maximum

ground level concentration is likely to occur.

population zone and sensitive receptors. Parameters viz. PM10,

PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, NH3, HF, Fluoride, Urea dust, Methane and Non Methane HC

analysed in ambient air.

29 Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality

due to proposed activities. The details of model used and input parameters used for modeling

should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown

on location map clearly indicating the location of

sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind rose showing pre-dominant wind

direction should also be indicated on the map. Impact due to vehicular movement

shall also be included into the prediction using suitable

model. Results of Air dispersion modeling should be

superimposed on satellite Image / geographical area map.

Not Applicable

There is no process gas emission from any manufacturing activity

or flue gas emission, hence no odeling was done for proposed

project, however likely impacts due to construction activities and

transportation were identified and detailed in EIA report

Sub-Sec. 4.2.1, Pg.129,

CHAPTER-4

30 Base line status of the noise environment, impact of noise

on present environment due to the project and proposed

Noise monitoring for 8 Locations has been carried out including the existing site covering all receptor and high noise generating area

Sub-Sec. 3.5.4, Pg. 84, CHAPTER-

3



S. No


measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

31 Specific details of (i) Process gas emission from each unit

process with its quantification, (ii) Air pollution Control

Measures proposed for process gas emission, (iii) Adequacy of

the air pollution control measures for process gas

emission, measures to achieve the GPCB norms (iv) Details of the utilities required (v) Type

and quantity of fuel to be used for each utility (vi) Flue gas

emission rate from each utility (vii) Air Pollution

Control Measures proposed to each of the utility along with its adequacy (viii) List the sources of fugitive emission along with its quantification and proposed

measures to control it.

Not Applicable

There is no process, flue gas, fugitive emissions from proposed

project.

--

32 Details on management of the hazardous wastes to be

generated from the project stating detail of storage area

for each type of waste, its handling, its utilization and

disposal etc. How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes will be minimized.

Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its

record keeping.

Only Used oil is generated from utilities which is 0.3 MTPA and will

be sold to registered refiners as per existing practice. There is no

other Hazardous waste generation from manufacturing activity.

Table 2-23, Pg. 61, CHAPTER-2

33 Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including the TSDF / Common

Incineration Facility, if any.

Not Applicable

No such waste is generated which needs to be sent to TSDF or

CHWIF from proposed project

--



S. No


34 Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for

proposed production. Details of solvent recovery system

including mass balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency feasibility of reusing the

recovered solvents etc. for each type of solvent.

Not Applicable

As no solvents will be used as raw material for proposed

manufacturing activity.

--

35 A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation

measures for impact on human health and environment as well as detailed monitoring plan and

environmental management cell proposed for

implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP

should also include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/

reuse/ recover techniques, energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation. Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum earmarked for environment pollution control

measures.

Detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation

measures for impact on human health and environment and detailed monitoring plan and

environmental management cell existing and concept of waste

minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, energy

conservation, and natural resource conservation is detailed

in EIA report.

Nos tack for proposed project is proposed neither any such

hazardous waste will be generated which is required to be

sent to CHWIF/TSDF. Existing greenbelt is well developed hence

no EMS cost for Air, Hazardous waste, greenbelt is proposed.

Minor modifications in existing ETP like addition of Pumps are

proposed for which cost is earmarked.

Total capital cost will be 0.25 Lakhs and recurring cost is 0.05

Lakhs.

Table 10-2 & Table 10-3 Pg.

211, CHAPTER-4

36 Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other

toxic chemicals, if any.

Not Applicable

No toxic chemicals or solvents will be used for proposed manufacturing activity

--

37 Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation

Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation

Sub-Sec 7.2.4, Pg. 196,CHAPTER-7



S. No


measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards

along with the personal protective equipment to be

provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational injury to workers

as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic

medical checkup of the workers exposed. Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories

Rules.

measures are identified and detailed in EIA report. GSFC is actively engaged in periodic

medical check-up of workers. There will not be any process or flue gas emission from proposed

manufacturing activity. Work place monitoring of only Noise

is/will be carried out periodically.

38 Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the

plant operations and occupational safety and health

protection measures.

Not Applicable

There will not be any VOC generation from existing or

proposed manufacturing activity

--

39 Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case

scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario should take into

account the maximum inventory of storage at site at

any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on

the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site /

Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

Proposed manufacturing activity does not involve use or storage of any hazardous chemicals, hence

quantitative risk assessment is not applicable. However Hazard

Identification is carried out and mitigation measure for the same

evaluating impact on health of workers is detailed in EIA report.

Sub-Sec. 7.2.1, Pg. 170,

CHAPTER-7

40

MSDS of all the products and raw materials.

MSDS is provided in EIA report Annexure 15, Pg. 314

41

Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to

be handled and the control

The characteristics of raw materials and products and

various safety measures to avoid the impact on human health is

Sub-Sec. 7.2.1, Pg. 170,

CHAPTER-7



S. No


measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human

health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes

also.

provided in EIA report

42 Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including

solvents) to be stored, Material of Construction of major

hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke details, threshold

storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage &Import of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of

the biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw material

& product etc. How the manual handling of the

hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

The raw material like Lactam will be stored in existing tank farm area and will be taken through

pipeline for proposed manufacturing. No additional

storage tank will be installed for storage of lactam. Other raw

materials like additives, Pigments & Glass fibers will be stored at

existing raw material storage area.

No new storage area will be built or installed for proposed project.

Existing storage area for raw materials and finished goods at

Nylon 6 chips is 4500m2

Storage details Sub-Sec. 2.9.2,

Pg. 44, CHAPTER-2

43 Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details of flame

proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures proposed. Detailed

fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline

network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic

gas detectors etc.

Not Applicable

As no flammable chemicals will be used for proposed manufacturing

activity.

--

44

Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE,manufacturing utility staff

for safety related measures.

Checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive maintenance,

strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for

safety related measures is detailed in EIA report

Sub-Sec.7.2.2, Pg.184,

CHAPTER-7

45 Detailed five year greenbelt development program

including annual budget, types

GSFC has already developed 118.70 Ha. (More than 33%)

greenbelt area of total land i.e.

Sub –Sec. 10.3.1, Pg. 213,

CHAPTER-10



S. No


& number of trees to be planted, area under green belt

development [with map], budgetary outlay; along with

commitment of the management to carry out the

tree plantation activities outside the premises at

appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

328 Ha. The company developed green belt along the periphery of

the plant site and in common premises available outside the

company premises, township after consultation with horticulture expert. Total 179001 trees are

planted in GSFC till date at boundary line and outside

boundary line

46

Detailed socio-economic development measures

including community welfare program most useful in the project area for the overall

improvement of the environment. Submit a detailed

plan for social corporate responsibilities, with

appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five

years and activities proposed to be carried out; specific to the current demographic status of

the area.

GSFC has developed banking facility, School, University, Library, Hospital, parks recreations center,

shopping complex, temple, post office, Sport facilities, internal

road and its maintenance for the improvement of nearby area.

Also GSFC has developed rain water harvesting structures and ponds to store rain water. GSFC also supplying water to nearby

villagers.

From 2014 to 2018 GSFC have spent sum amount of

Rs.796501994.00 Crores under various social welfare activities

CHAPTER-8, Pg. 200

47

Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM dated 01/05/2018 regarding

“Corporate Environment Responsibility” (CER). Fund

allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per

MoEFCC’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated

01/05/2018 for various activities therein. The details of

fund allocation and activities for CER shall be incorporated in

EIA/EMP report.

As per latest OM No. F. No.22-65/2017-IA, dated 1st May, 2018, the fund allocation for the CER is Rs. 20 lakhs (0.20 Cr.) (1.0% of

Additional Capital Investment of Rs. 20 crore for undertaking the

Socio Economic development activities.

Sub-Sec. 10.3.4, Pg.218,

CHAPTER-10

48 (a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of

Yes, the company have a well laid down Environment Policy

Sub-Sec. 10.5.1, Pg. 220,



S. No


Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. (b). Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating process / procedures

to bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions ? If

so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

CHAPTER-10

49

What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this

system may be given.

The director is the apex body, and there will be daily reporting to director for any environmental

issues by head of EMC; Hierarchical system of EMC is

given in EIA report. EMC will be responsible to take care of EMS and ensure the compliance of all

EC conditions.

Sec. 10.5, Pg. 220, CHAPTER-10

50

Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws i.e. details of show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five years and actions taken then

after for prevention of pollution.

Details of Notice and action taken by GSFC for existing project is

detailed in EIA report

Attached as Annexure 4, Pg.

262

51

Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained for the existing plant, its point wise

compliance report.

GSFC has obtained Environment Clearance for its existing Nylon 6

plant vide letter EIAA/GUJ/EC/5I/131//2013 dated

05.06.2013.

The certified compliance report of the existing EC has also been obtained and attached in EIA

report

EC Annexure 1,

Pg.242

Compliance Report

Annexure 2, Pg.256

52

Certified Compliance Report (CCR) from the concern

authority as per the MoEFCC’s Circular no. J-11011/618/2010- IA (II) (I) dated 30/05/2012 and

The certified compliance report of the existing EC has also been

obtained and attached separately with EIA report, however

summary of the observations &

Annexure 2, Pg.256 &

Annexure 3, Pg. 257



S. No


Circular no. J-11013/6/2010-IA-II (Part) vide dated

07/09/2017.

action taken by GSFC is provided in EIA report

53

Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

Yes Sec. 10.5, Pg. 220, CHAPTER-10

54

Phase wise project implementation schedule with

bar chart and time frame, in terms of site development,

infrastructure provision, EMS implementation etc.

Project will be commissioned within 15-17 months after receipt

of EC. Bar chart of the same is provided in EIA report

Table 2-8, Pg.39, CHAPTER-2

55

Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the

environmental consultant should be incorporated in the

EIA Report.

Consultant has stay order against Quality Council of India (QCI)/

National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET)

Attached as Annexure 16, Pg.

328

56

A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of above

TORs.

Noted --

57

The ToRs prescribed for the project will be valid for a period of three years for submission of

EIA & EMP report. ToR will lapse after three years from

date of issue

Noted --

58

The period of validity could be extended for a maximum

period of one year provided an application is made by the applicant to the Regulatory

Authority, at least three months before the expiry of valid period together with an

updated Form-I, based on proper justification and also

recommendation of the SEAC

Noted --



1.6 STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT

The EIA Report has been prepared on the basis of EIA Notification, with special reference to

the TOR conditions received from SEIAA, vide letter SEIAA/GUJ/ToR/5I/520/2019 dated

01.04.2019 for proposed project for Nylon-6 Chips. Copy of the said TOR letter is enclosed

as Annexure 8. The baseline data was collected in Summer Season during March 2018 to

May 2018.



CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause

environmental effects. Details are described in following sections with regards to type,

need, location, size or magnitude of project operations, technology and other related

activities.

2.1 BACKGROUND

GSFC proposes for the expansion of Nylon 6 Chips Plant at existing GSFC complex i.e. P.O.

Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District – Vadodara, of Gujarat state.

The proposed expansion project involves manufacturing of Nylon-6 Chips. It is organic

synthesis of a product Nylon -6 Chips which is a petrochemical based processing. Lactam is

used as a basic raw material. Manufacturing process is environmental friendly. Resources

like water, steam, power and other infrastructures are available within the complex. It

involves Continuous or batch processing.

2.2 Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best available technologies

(BAT)

Existing: For exiting project following technology is being used:

1. EMS-INVENTA AG, Switzerland

2. TECHNIP-ZIMMER

Proposed:

Proposed compounding lines does not need any process license as the manufacturing

process involves mixing and blending of Nylon 6 chips to get compounded chips and recipe

is developed in-house and includes major equipment’s like extruder. No reaction is involved

in proposed manufacturing activity.

Advantage:

There will no emission and solid or hazardous waste generation from proposed


The efficiency of existing plant will be increased and plant will be operated on its full

capacity.

The stream days of production will be increased from @ 333 to 365.

Minor modifications will be done in existing plant to increase the production

capacity.



There will not be any generation of Hazardous waste like Oligomer from proposed

Nylon 6 manufacturing as the present process manufactures engineering grade

Nylon 6 Chips.

Unconverted Caprolactam and Oligomers from raw product is being washed out,

concentrated and being recycled in to the Polymerization Reactor, Oligomers are

cracked down in the reactor and by this way no oligomer byproduct will be

generated

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

To produce and cater:

Engineering grade & film grade by Nylon-6 Plant

The overall demand for Nylon 6 in India has grown at ~7% p.a. over the last decade.

Nylon fibers demand has grown by ~6% p.a. whereas Nylon 6 resin demand has

grown at ~11% p.a. Current consumption of India is still very small accounting for

only ~5% of the global demand.

The adoption of Nylon 6 in some segments is expected to increase in near future. For

e.g. in packaging Industry nylon films have distinct advantage in increasing shelf life.

The overall demand for Nylon-6 chips is expected to grow at about 5.5% between

2015 and 2025 supported by growth in demand from the automotive and packaging

sectors.

By 2020, the overall Nylon-6 demand gap would be in tune of 106000 MTPA; out of

which Engineering Segment would be 58000 MTPA.

The proposed capacity would enhance the production capacity by 20820 MTPA of

Nylon-6 Chips; to partly meet the Indian demand-supply gap. Though, the country is

net importer and the proposed project is targeting to partly meet the local demand;

export can be possible to Southeast Asian Countries, African Countries, etc.

Total Nylon-6 application wise demand supply gap for Engineering Segment is 58000 MTPA

in Indian market is provided in Table 2-1

Table 2-1: Total Nylon-6 Application wise demand in Indian Market

Extrusion Application Demand in Indian market

Fishnet/filament 12000 MTPA

Multilayer film 9800 MTPA

Others extrusion 2400 MTPA

Compounding application Demand in Indian market

Automobile 26500 MTPA

Electrical 6000 MTPA

Hardware 600 MTPA

Others moulding 700 MTPA



2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

2.4.1 General Location of the Site

The project is proposed at existing GSFC complex i.e. P.O. Fertilizer Nagar–391750, District –

Vadodara, of Gujarat state. General & specific location of project site is shown in Map 2-1

and Plant Boundary is shown in Map 2-1 & Map 2-3

Map 2-1: General & Specific location of Project Site

(Source: Google Co.in)

Table 2-2:Co-ordinates of the Project Site-Nylon 6 Chips Plant

Code Latitude Longitude

A 22°22’28.67”N 73° 9’3.92”E

B 22°22’28.91”N 73° 9’4.27”E

C 22°22’28.66”N 73° 9’4.60”E

D 22°22’29.02”N 73° 9’5.12”E

E 22°22’28.61”N 73° 9’5.56”E

F 22°22’27.92”N 73° 9’4.65”E



Map 2-2: Map Showing Location of Project Site

Map 2-3: Boundary Map of Nylon-6 Plant on Google Earth



The proposed site is surrounded by other industrial units. List of major industries within 10

km radius of project site is provided in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: List of Major Industries within 10 KM radius of Project Site

S. No.

Name of Major Industries Type of Industry Distance and

Direction

1 Heavy water plant Atomic Energy 0.92 Km, ESE

2 IOCL Gujarat Refinery Petrochemicals 2.6 km, W

3 Gujarat Alkalies & Chemicals Limited

(GACL) Caustic Soda 4.30 Km, NW

4 Hindustan Petroleum Corporation

ltd. Petrochemicals 7.12 Km, WNW

5 Dipak Nitrite Chemical

Manufacturing 7.48 Km, NW

2.4.2 Approach to the Project Site

By Road

The site is well connected with NH-48 at 0.67 km towards E direction.

By Air

Nearest is Vadodara Airport located at 10 KM towards SE direction.

By Rail

Bajwa Railway Station is at 1.00 km in NE direction.

2.4.3 Site Details

Project site specific details are provided in and study area map of 10 km radius of the site is

shown in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: Project Site Specific Environmental Sensitivity Details

Sr. No.


1 Nearest City Vadodara ~1.5 Km toward SE

2 Nearest Highway NH-48 ~0.67 Km towards E

3

Nearest River/Ponds/Lake/Canal

Narmada Canal ~ 1.6 km towards SE

Vishwamitri River ~ 5 km towards ENE

Meni River ~5.2 km towards NW

Mahi River ~7.1 km towards WNW

Surya Nadi ~ 6.9 km towards ENE

Sursagar Lake ~ 9.6 km towards SE



Sr. No.


4 State /U.T National

Boundaries None --

5 Reserve Forest None --

6 National Park/ Wildlife

Sanctuary None --

7 Heritage Site None --

8 Defence installations Air Force Station at Harni

EME

~8.25 km towards SE

~9.0 km towards S

9 Critically polluted Area (CPA) PCC INA 0.75 kms towards WNW

Map 2-4: Study Area Map of 10 Km Radius of Site



Photograph 2-1: Photographs of Existing GSFC Complex & Nylon 6 Plant

GSFC Complex

Existing Nylon 6 Plant

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.5.1 Production Capacity

The existing manufacturing capacity of Nylon-6 is 24425 MTPA, additional capacity will be

20820 MTPA, and after expansion total capacity will be 45245 MTPA. Details of production

capacity are provided in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5: Details of Existing & Proposed Production Capacity

S. No.



1 Ammonia – III Ammonia MT/yea

r 33000 -- 33000

2 Ammonia – IV Ammonia MT/yea

r 450000 -- 450000



S. No.



Argon MT/yea

r 3200000 -- 3200000

3 Urea – I Urea MT/yea

r 103200 -- 103200

4 Urea – II Urea MT/yea

r 264000 -- 264000

5 Melamine – I Melamine MT/yea

r 5000 -- 5000

6 Melamine – II Melamine MT/yea

r 10000 -- 10000

7 Phosphoric Acid

Phosphoric Acid MT/yea

r 54000 -- 54000

Phosphogypsum*

MT/year

253260 -- 253260

8 DAP/ASP/MAP/

NPK DAP/ASP/MAP/

NPK MT/yea

r

a)DAP DAP

MT/year

216000 -- 216000

b)ASP ASP

c) MAP MAP

d) NPK (12:32:16) NPK (12:32:16)

e) NPK (10:26:26) NPK (10:26:26)

9 Sulphuric Acid-III Sulphuric Acid MT/yea

r 132000 -- 132000

10 Sulphuric Acid-IV Sulphuric Acid MT/yea

r 445500 -- 445500

Co-Generation

Cogeneration – I Power MWH 15 -- 15


Cogeneration – II Power MWH 25 -- 25


Cogeneration – III

Power MWH 50 -- 50


11 Caprolactam – I

Caprolactam MT/yea

r 20000 -- 20000

Ammonium Sulphate

MT/year

80000 -- 80000



S. No.



12 Caprolactam –II

Caprolactam MT/yea

r 50000 -- 50000

Ammonium Sulphate

MT/year

116000 -- 116000

Nitric Acid MT/yea

r 8300 -- 8300

13 Nylon – 6 Nylon – 6 MT/yea

r 24425 20820 45245

14 MEK Oxime MEK Oxime MT/yea

r 1200 -- 1200

15 MEK Expansion MEK Oxime MT/yea

r 5300 -- 5300

16 Urea Phosphate Urea Phosphate MT/Yea

r 1500 -- 1500

17 Methanol Methanol MT/yea

r 191625 -- 191625

18 HAS Crystal HAS Crystal MT/yea

r 1200 -- 1200

19

Water Soluble Fertilizer (WSF) &

Micronutrient Mixture (MM)

plant

WSF – NPK 19:19:19

MT/year

21600 -- 21600

WSF - MAP / MKP / KNO3 /

SOP

MT/year

10800 -- 10800

Micronutrient Mixture

MT/year

54 -- 54

2.5.2 Cost of the Project

The Project Cost is estimated to be around INR ~20.00 Cr. Detailed breakup of the cost is

given in Table 2-6

Table 2-6: Capital Cost Projection

Sr.

No Description Cost in INR Crore

1 Electricals & Instrumentation 3.00

2 Equipment & Machinery 14.00

3 Civil 3.00

Total 20.00 Cr.



2.6 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRES BY OR FOR THE PROJECT

Details of associated activities/resources required for proposed project along with available

activities/resources is tabulated in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7: Resource Requirement

Sr. No. Particular


Existing Proposed

1 Land 328 ha 0.0813 ha

No additional land required for expansion.

*813 m2 area for expansion is already demarcated in Processing Plant area of

3280000 m2.

2 Capital

Cost -- 20.00 Cr. Cost of propsoed project

3 Manpower 5000

Construction phase: 15 Operation Phase: 04

After expansion total manpower will be 5019.

4 Utility

i. Power 76 MW 1.4 MW

Aftere expansion it will be 77.4 MW.

Is/will be sourced from Wind Mill / Cogeneration Plant/MGVCL.

Existing 1 D.G set of 562.5 kVA will be used during emergency

ii Water 32051 KLD 36.95 KLD

After expansion the total water requirment will be 32087.9 KLD

Is/will be sourced from French Wells (4 Nos.) GSFC’s own source in Mahi River.

iii

Fuel

HSD & Natural gas is used as fuel in existing project. No additional fuel will be procured for proposed project as existign utilities will be used.

iv Cooling Tower

Proposed: Cooling Tower of 4 m3/d.

v Steam Steam from existing facility will be utilized for proposed project. No

additional steam will be generated for proposed project.

2.7 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Detailed list of activities and approvals require after receipt of EC and tentative time frame

required is given in Table 2-8.



Project will be commissioned within 15-17 months after receipt of EC.

Table 2-8: Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation

ACTIVITY / MONTH, YEAR AUG-19 SEP-19 OCTP-20 APRIL-20 JUNE-20

Receipt of EC

Construction

Erection & completion

CTO/CCA

Commissioning of Plant

2.8 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES

1. Manufacturing of Nylon-6 chips includes three processes:

1. Continuous stream

2. Batch stream

3. Compounding stream

1. Continuous Stream

Caprolactam is basic raw material and monomer to produce Nylon-6. Solid Caprolactam is

charged into Lactam (LC) Melter. Molten Caprolactam is kept at ~ 900C and supplied to

Nylon-6 plant. This is common facility for Continuous and Batch section. Molten LC then

mixed with predetermined water quantity and acetic acid, mixed charge is supplied to

continuous reactor called V.K. tube. In V.K. Tube, temperature is maintained at ~ 240 to

2600C and pressure just above atmospheric. At this condition, polymerization reaction

starts. Heat required maintaining process temperature is supplied by Heat Transfer Media

(HTM). The mass leaving reactor contains ~ 8 to 10% unconverted LC and oligomers. The

molten polymer is pumped through spinnerets. The strands coming out of spinnerets are

taken into cooling vat where it gets solidify due to direct contact with cold water and cut

down with the help of cutter. To recover unconverted LC from the chips, washing /

extraction with hot water of ~ 900C is carried out, which brings down extractible (LC and

oligomer) from 8 to 10% to 0.5%. To remove water from chips, drying is carried out. Hot

nitrogen is utilized to remove moisture. Care is taken to avoid any contact of chips with

Oxygen (air) to prevent oxidation. Normal drying temperature is 150~1700C. The chips

containing moisture less than 0.1% is cooled down with the help of circulating Nitrogen.

Cooled chips are stored in silo and bagged in 25 Kg bags.

2. Batch Section

Molten LC is taken in an intermediate mixing vessel in which batch of certain size is

prepared. DM Water is added (3 to 5%) in absence of concentrated lactam solution from



recovery section. Additives are also added to provide required viscosity and properties.

Prepared batch is taken into Batch Polymerizer. This is called as filling phase. Heat for

polymerization is supplied through Heat Transfer Media (HTM). Due to heating and

presence of water, pressure increases. The reactor is maintained at fixed pressure (~6

Kg/CM2g) by reliving excess pressure. This is called Heat & Pressure phase. During Releasing

phase, pressure is reduced from 6 Kg/Cm2g to 0.2 Kg/Cm2g. Releasing is followed by

Degassing phase where product is kept under slight positive pressure to reach to the

equilibrium state. Moderate Vacuum phase is carried out to remove water content from the

reaction mass and to attain higher viscosity. The reaction time is about 12 hours. Reactor is

then pressurized with N2 and molten polymer is forced out of reactor to generate strands.

The strands are solidified due to direct contact with cold water of ~ 200C. The strands are

then cut to generate chips. The chip collected into washing tower and washed with hot

water at 90oC is supplied to bring down water extractible below 1.5% value. Washed Chips

from batch extraction tower is then dried into Tumble dryer (TD). TD is slow rotating dryer

with tumbling effect. Drying of chips is carried out under high vacuum of ~ 750 to 758 mm

HG. Drying temperature of 110 to 180 oC is achieved by circulating Heat Transfer Media

(HTM). The chips are heated gradually under vacuum condition for about 18 to 26 hrs. to

remove moisture. After confirming moisture content and desired viscosity through analysis,

chips are cooled down with same Heat Transfer Media (HTM). The dried and cooled chips

containing moisture less than 0.05% is transported to storage silo with the help of N2.

Cooled chips are then bagged in 25-Kg bags.

Polymerisation Reaction for Continuous & Batch:

HN (CH2)5C=O + H2O H [ HN (CH2)5CO ] OH

CAPROLACTAM WATER NYLON-6

Mass Balance:

The mass balance for Continous & Batch process is provided in Table 2-9

Table 2-9: Mass Balance for Continuous & Batch Process

INPUT(MT/MT) OUTPUT(MT/MT)

Caprolactam

1.0063

NYLON-6 1.0030

COD 0.0033

Total 1.0063

3. Compounding Grade Section



To fulfill needs of customer and to impart and enhance various thermal, physical, electrical

properties with or without coloring, Compounding is carried out for basic nylon-6 chips. A

metal separator placed before feeding to extruder to avoid any metallic foreign particles.

The extrusion unit consists of feeding system for chips, additives, pigment and glass

roving/chopped glass (in case of glass filled grades). Basic Nylon-6 chips is mixed with

certain additives via dosing balance and then pass through extruder, where all are melted,

uniformly blended and polymer melt mix is forced out in the form of strands through Die-

head. The extruder has jacketed barrels having individual heating and cooling arrangements.

The barrel is divided in several zones and each barrel is heated by a set of electrical

heaters& cooled by cooling water. Temperatures of all zones are maintained around 250 to

265C based on the grade to be produced. Speed of screw, feed rate of chips as well as

additives / pigment / fiber glass and temperature of all zones are critical parameters from

operation and quality point of view.

The strands are solidified due to direct contact with cold circulating water. The strands are

then cut to 2-mm dia. chips.

The chips are transferred to Drying tower where water is removed from the chips with the

help of hot circulating N2. Hot dry chips are cooled down with low temperature circulating

Nitrogen OR Dehumidifier is used for drying of chips at low temperature, where no hot N2 is

required for drying of chips, depending upon very less inlet moisture content, thus in the

case of Dehumidifier hot N2 drying followed by cooling of chips will be eliminated. Cooled

chips are stored in to intermediate silo and then bagged in 25 Kg bags.

Mass Balance:

The mass balance for Compounding Process is provided in Table 2-10

Table 2-10: Mass Balance for Compounding Process

INPUT(MT/MT) OUTPUT(MT/MT)

Nylon 6 0.983 NYLON-6 1

Solid Additives 0.012

Glass Fibre 0.000

Pigment 0.003

Liquid Additives 0.002

Total 1.000 Total 1

At present the total production capacity of Nylon 6 – I Plant is 8000 MTPA, which includes

Continuous, Batch and Compounding. Looking to the margin available in various equipments

and machineries and certain in-house modifications for the improvement in production

efficiency and cutting in down time in turn will enhance capacity of existing plant, hence

after expansion there will be capacity enhancement of 3300 MTPA in Continuous and batch



process plant and additional compounding stream of 17520 MTPA is also proposed as part

of Compounding Plant. This expansion can also undergo as Phase I which include capacity

enhancement and Phase II which includes additional expansion.

Moreover, stream days of Nylon 6 –I plant is required to be increased from 333 days to 365

days.

Process Flow Diagram of Nylon 6 manufacturing is provided in Figure 2-1

Figure 2-1: Process Flow Diagram of Nylon – 6 Plant

2.9 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.9.1 Raw Material Storage and Handling

Detailed raw material requirement along with estimated quantity, likely source, marketing

of final products, mode of transport of raw materials and finished products & characteristics

of hazardous chemicals are given in Table 2-11

Table 2-11: Details of Existing & Proposed Raw Material



Sr.No

Name of Raw

Materials

CAS no

Existing (MTPA)

Proposed

(MTPA)

Total after

Expansion (MTPA)

Source of

Raw Materi

al

Mode of

Transportatio

n

Distance of Supplier

from Project Site

(km)

Nylon 6 (Continuous & Batch)

1 Lactam 105-60-2

24578.8 3320.8 27899.6 In-

House Pipelin

e Within

premises

Nylon 6 (Compounding)

1 Nylon 6 25038-54-

4 639 15082 15721

Indigenous/ Import

Trucks Inhouse/ >100

2 Solid

Additives NA 7.8 250 257.8

Indigenous/Import

Trucks >10

3 Glass

Fibber NA 0 2118 2118

Indigenous/Import

Trucks >10

4 Pigment NA 1.95 30 31.95 Indigenous/Import

Trucks >10

5 Liquid

Additives NA 1.3 40 41.3

Indigenous/ Import

In Drums

via Trucks

>10

Total (Compounding) 650.0 17520.0 18170.0

Total (Continuous, Batch &

Compounding Batch) 25228.8 20840.8 46069.6

2.9.2 Storage Facilities

The raw material Lactam will be source from in-house through pipeline. Other raw materials

like additives, Pigments & Glass fibers will be procured in bags/drums from stored area.

The Finished product Nylon 6-Chips will be stored at existing designated storage area of

Nylon 6 Plant.

No new storage area is required for proposed project.

Existing storage area for raw materials and finished goods at Nylon 6 area is 4500m2.



2.9.3 Infrastructure

The proposed expansion will be within existing factory premises and due to the proposed

project there will not be any change in the land use pattern of the region. GSFC has well

developed greenbelt area of 36.1%. Detailed site layout and key plan is shown in Map 2-5

and Map 2-6.

Table 2-12: Area Statement of Existing and Proposed Expansion

Sr.

No. Particulate

Area (Ha.)


1. Total Plant Area (Processing)

174.7 --* 174.7

2. GSFC Township 34.6 -- 34.6

3. Green Belt (In plant) 32.8 -- 32.8

4. Green Belt (Township) 85.9 -- 85.9

Total Area 328.0 -- 328.0

*The area for Nylon 6 plant is already demarcated in Processing Plant area of 174.70 ha as 0.0813 Ha (813 m2).



Map 2-5: Site Layout Plan of GSFC Complex



Map 2-6: Key Plan of Nylon 6 Plant

Nylon 6 location



2.9.4 Transportation of Finished Products

After the proposed project, approximate 6 Nos. of vehicles 3 for finished goods and 3 truck

for raw material transportation.

Adequate parking space for trucks is provided at the project site. Details of the trucks

required daily is provided in Table 2-13.

Table 2-13: No. of Vehicles Required Daily for Proposed Project

Sr. No.

Name of chemical/ material

Quantity of Material No. Of trucks required

1 Trucks for Finished Goods 57.04 TPD 3

2 Trucks for Raw Material 48.0 TPD 3

Total No. Of trucks 6 Trucks/Day

2.9.5 Air Emissions

Flue Gas Emission

Flue Gas Emission: There will be NO flue gas emission from proposed project; existing

utilities will be utilized for proposed project. Details of Flue Gas emission from Existing

project is given in Table 2-14

Table 2-14: Flue Gas Emission from Existing Unit

Sr. No

. Plant

Stack

No.

Stack attached to

APCD

Type of

fuel

Fuel consumption

Height of stack

(M)

Dia.

(m)

Existing Flue Gas

1 Methano

l F1

Reformer (Furnace)

- NG

5150 Nm3/hr for methanol

33 2.5

NG Preheater

231 Nm3/hr 18 0.9

2

Ammonia – III

F3 Reformer (Furnace)

- NG 1071 Nm3/hr 30 0.85

- - NG

Preheater - NG 91.9 Nm3/hr 30 0.85

3 Melamin

e – I 10A-1102

Salt furnace - NG 300 Nm3/hr 30 1.19

4 Cogeneration – I

F5 Boiler - NG + NG 8350 Nm3

/hr LSHS 8.74 T/hr

70 3.08

LSHS

5 Cogener F6 Boiler - NG + NG 8350 Nm3 70 3.08



Sr. No

. Plant

Stack

No.

Stack attached to

APCD

Type of

fuel

Fuel consumption

Height of stack

(M)

Dia.

(m)

ation – II LSHS

/hr LSHS 8.74 T/hr

6 Cogeneration – III

F7 Boiler - NG 8570 Nm3/hr 35 3.4

7 Utility

Boiler 4 & 5

F4 Boiler 4 & 5 -

NG + NG 3760 Nm3/hr

30 2.4

LSHS LSHS 3.92

T/hr (each)

8 New CVL

Boiler 50TPH

- New Boiler -

NG + NG: 3580 Nm3/Hr

LSHS: 3.36 T/hr

70 3.5

LSHS

9 Capro – I F8 Waste liquor

unit

Water scrubb

er HC

WL–I:4395 KG/HR

WL-II : 405 kg/hr

22 0.96

10 Capro –

II F9 IWI Unit

ESP

HC

5623kg/hr

OFF GASES

40 1

(Eff. 99.26

%)

2000 Nm3/hr +2679 Kg/hr

11 Melamin

e – II A-102 Salt furnace - NG 450 Nm3/hr 35 1.5

12 Ammoni

a – IV

F0101 Reforming

Section-100 -

100 % Napht

ha 46830 Nm3/hr

52 3

100 % NG

32520 Nm3/hr

F0501 Syn. Unit-500 - PG 2121 Nm3/hr 30

F0901 CRG Unit-900 - CRG/N

G 2088/1110

Nm3/hr 30

F0902 CRG Unit-900 - NG 329 Nm3/hr 30



Sr. No

. Plant

Stack

No.

Stack attached to

APCD

Type of

fuel

Fuel consumption

Height of stack

(M)

Dia.

(m)

F1601 Pre-

desulphurization

- TG/NG 1346.5/1445.

5Nm3/hr -

Proposed Flue Gas

There will be no flue gas emission from Proposed project.

Process Gas Stack:

There will be NO additional process stack or vent from proposed project. Details of Existing

process stacks are provided in provided in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15: Process Gas Emission from Existing Unit

Sr.

Plant No. Stack

attached to APC Device MOC

Dia Para Stack

No. (m) meter height

(m)

Existing Process Gas Emission

1 Urea – I P1 Prilling Tower Water Scrubber RCC 4 x 1 SPM,

38 NH3

2 Urea – II P2 Prilling Tower Water Scrubber RCC 1.45

x 4.36

SPM, 70

NH3

3 Urea ECS P3

Condenser oxidation

H2SO4 Scrubber

(Eff. 99.5%) MS 1.25 NH3 38

column

4 Melamine

– I P4 Dryer Outlet Filter MS 0.15

SPM, 15

NH3

5 Melamine

– II P5 Dryer Outlet Filter MS 0.15

SPM, 17

NH3

6 PA P6 Rock grinding Ventury Scrubber

MS 0.8 SPM 30

7 PA P7 Digester Fume scrubber MSRL 2.49 F 20

8 DAP P8,9

Dryer & Dust Cyclone separator &Ventury scrubber

MSRL 1.43 NH3,

SPM,F 30

Scrubber A&B

9 DAP P10,11 Granulator & Fume Scrubber MSRL 0.74 NH3 ,F 25



Sr.

Plant No. Stack

attached to APC Device MOC

Dia Para Stack

No. (m) meter height

(m)

Neutralization 1.02

10 AS-II P12 Dryer Cyclone

Separator MS 0.9 SPM 19.2

11 SA-III P13

Final Absorption

Final Absorption MS 1.22

SO2,

Acid Mist

52

Tower Tower

12 SA-IV P14

Final Absorption Final

Absorption tower

RCC 2.86

SO2,

Acid

Mist

100 Tower

13 CAP-I (Old)

P15 D-415-3

Scrubber SS 0.43 SO2

25 Tower O/L NH3

14 CAP-I (Old)

P16 D-414-3

De NOx unit SS 1 NOx

25 Tower O/L NH3

15 CAP-II Exp.

P17 AS Dryer Cyclone

Separator & Scrubber

MS 1.016 SPM 30

16 CAP-II Exp.

P18 AS Vent

Scrubber Scrubber MS 0.2

SO2,

NH3 30

17 New

Nylon 6 Plant

P19 Process Vessels

Scrubber CS 0.25 PM 30

18 WSF &

MM Plant P20

Crusher, Hopper, Mixers

Bag Filter SS 0.25 PM 40

Proposed Process Gas Emission

There will be no Process gas emission from Proposed project.

Odour Control Measures

Nylon 6 manufacturing does not involve any odour release, however general measures like

good housekeeping and proper disposal of effluent and sewage, not allowing water to be

stagnant shall be taken.



2.9.6 Noise Pollution

Sources of Noise at Site

Noise from Machinery/ Equipment during construction phase

In addition to the plant activity, during construction phase, site preparation related activities

will also involve the operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders, etc. The

equipment’s will be used during daytime.

Noise from Operation of Plant

The high noise levels within the workplace, during maintenance also have the potential to

affect the workers on site.

The sources considered at the project site are given in Table 2-16.

Table 2-16: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

Sr.

No. Sources

Levels dB(A)

Day Night

1 Compressor 85 85

2 Pumps 85 85

3 FD-ID Fan 85 85

Noise from Vehicular Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause

minor noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement will be few times in a week.

Noise from Pumps

Noise generated from Pumps, etc. will have a continuous effect, as they will work for more

hours in a day continuously.

For prevention and control of noise pollution at design stage, mitigation measures adopted

are listed in Table 2-24.

2.9.7 Water Consumption, Waste Water Generation & Disposal Details

Water Consumption

The additional water requirement for Nylon 6 Plant is 36.95 KLD, after expansion the water

requirement of GSFC Complex will be 32087.95 KLD. Details of water consumption is

provided in Table 2-17.



Source of Water: GSFC already has the permission of abstracting 31.8 MLD (As per GR of

GoG +/-25% withdrawal is allowed by irrigation department) of water from French Well (4

Nos) in Mahi River (GSFC’s own source), the permission letter is attached as Annexure 10.

Table 2-17 : Details of Existing & Proposed Water Consumption of GSFC Complex

Sr. No

Source Existing (KLD) Proposed

(KLD) Total after Expansion

(KLD)

1 Process 3477 20 3497

2 Cooling/steam/Boiler/

DM Plant 18035 15.8 18050.8

3 Domestic, Washing &

Other Use 10539 0.75 10539.75

4 Washing (Nylon 6

Plant) 0 0.4 0.4

Total 32051.00 36.95 32087.95

Table 2-18: Details of Existing & Proposed Water Consumption of Nylon 6 Chips

S. No

Source Existing Nylon I

& II (KLD) Proposed Nylon 6

Chips (KLD) Total after

Expansion (KLD)

1 Process 111 20 131

2 Cooling/steam/Boil

er/ DM Plant 296 15.8 311.8

3 Domestic, Washing

& Other Use 5 0.75 5.75

4 Washing (Nylon 6

Plant) 0 0.4 0.4

Total 412 36.95 448.95

Details of Waste water generation and its disposal

Wastewater Generation

• At present the waste water generation of existing Nylon 6 Chips Plant is 135 KLD,

the additional waste water generation from Nylon 6 Chips Plant is 22.7 KLD, after

expansion the waste water generation of Nylon 6 Chips Plant will be 157.7 KLD.

• The 104.4 KLD of process & washing water will be treated in existing ETP-I and

further sent to VECL. The waste water from utilities will be sent directly to VECL.

• The existing sewage generation is 4 KLD, additional sewage generation is 0.5 KLD,

after proposed expansion the sewage generation will be 4.5 KLD. The sewage water

will be disposed off into existing soak pit of Nylon 6 plant.



• The existing waste water generation of GSFC complex is 13989 KLD, after expansion

of Nylon 6 project the overall waste water generation of GSFC Complex will be

14011.2 KLD Industrial.

• GSFC has got the permission of GATL project with effluent disposal quantity into

VECL of 30 KLD. The GATL project was never commissioned, hence GSFC will

surrender the 30 KLD of existing available quantity against proposed 22.2 KLD of

effluent generation from Nylon 6 Chips project.

• The effluent going to VECL will be 13981.2 KLD (14011.2 KLD - 30 KLD) after

expansion i.e effluent discharge will be reduced by 7.8 KLD from existing discharge

quantity. No additional effluent will be discharged into VECL after proposed

expansion.

Details of Waste water generation from existing and proposed project are provided in Table

2-19.

Table 2-19: Existing and Proposed Waste Water Generation of GSFC Complex

Sr.

No Source

Existing GSFC

Complex (KLD)

Proposed Nylon 6 Chips

(KLD)

Total after Expansion

(KLD)

Mode of disposal

1 Process 1964 20 1984

Will be sent to existing ETP-I and further to

VECL

2 Cooling/steam/Boiler/

DM Plant 7108 1.8 7109.8 To VECL

3 Domestic, Washing &

Other Use 4971 0 4917 To VECL

4 Washing (Nylon 6) 0 0.4 0.4


VECL

5 Domestic (Nylon 6) 0 0.5 0.5 To existing Soak pit of (Nylon 6)

Total 13989 22.7 14011.7 14011.2 KLD

Industrial + 0.5 KLD sewage

Final Discharge to VECL 13981.2 (14011.2 KLD - 30 KLD of GATL

project*)



*Note: GSFC has got the permission of GATL project with effluent disposal quantity into VECL of 30 KLD. The GATL project was never commissioned; hence GSFC will surrender the 30 KLD of existing available quantity against proposed 22.2 KLD of effluent generation. The discharge quantity after expansion into VECL will be reduced by 7.8 KLD. No additional effluent will be discharged into VECL after proposed expansion.

Table 2-20: Existing and Proposed Waste Water Generation of Nylon 6

Sr. No

Source Existing

Nylon I & II (KLD)

Proposed Nylon 6 Chips (KLD)


(KLD)

Mode of disposal

1 Process 84 20 104


VECL

2 Cooling/stea

m/Boiler/ DM Plant

47 1.8 48.8 To VECL

3 Washing (Nylon 6

Plant) 0 0.4 0.4


VECL

Total (Ind.) 131 22.2 153.2

4 Domestic, Washing & Other Use

4 0.5 4.5 To existing Soak pit of (Nylon 6)

Total (Ind.+Dom.) 135 22.7 157.7

153.2 KLD (Industrial)

& 4.5 KLD (Domestic)

Final Discharge to VECL

123.2 KLD

(153.2 KLD - 30 KLD of GATL

project*)

The water balance diagram showing existing scenario, additional scenario and after

expansion scenario is provided in Figure 2-2 to Figure 2-3.



Figure 2-2: Water Balance Diagram of Existing Scenario of GSFC Complex

Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram after Expansion Scenario of GSFC Complex



Figure 2-4: Water Balance Diagram after Expansion of Nylon 6 Plant

Waste Water Management & Final Disposal

The waste water from the process and washing will be sent to ETP-I and treated waste

water is further sent to Common Effluent Channel of VECL (Vadodara Enviro Channel

Limited). Waste water from utilities is directly sent to VECL for final disposal. Membership

with VECL vides Letter No. VECL/13/2019-20, dated 01.04.2019 is attached as Annexure 11.

GSFC will surrender the waste water disposal quantity of 30 KLD available with it in the

name of GATL project which was never commissioned, against the proposed 22.2 KLD of

effluent disposal.

Design of ETP-I of Complex:

The effluent generated from proposed project will be treated in existing ETP-I and details of

ETP-I are provided below:

Details of Effluent Treatment Plant-I:

Streams going : Existing Caprolactam -I, Nylon -6, Tank Farm Area,

Effluent & proposed Nylon 6

Source of effluent : Process & Washing



ETP Design Capacity : 880 KLD

Characteristics of Effluent are provided in Table 2-21.

Table 2-21: Details of Effluent Characteristics

S. No.

Effluent Parameters Before

Treatment After Treatment VECL Inlet

Norms

1. pH 6.5 – 8.5 6.6-8.4 6.5 to 8.5

2 COD value, mg/l 4000 – 4500 <250 250

3 BOD value, mg/l 1500 - 2000 <50 50

Table 2-22: Details of Existing Waste Water Treatment Units

Sr. No.

Units No. Dimensions

(m x m x m) Capacity

1

a.

b.

API Oil Separator

Pre-deoiler

Main oil separator

2

2

6 x 4 x (1.84 + 0.5)

33 x 4 x (1.84 + 0.5)

88.32 m3

485.76 m3

2 Equalization Tank (ET) 1 40 x 20 x 3 2400 m3

3 Ist ditch 1 62 x 21 x 1.2 1562.4 m3

4 Primary Clarifier (PCF) 1 14 Ø x 2.75 423.1 m3

5(a)

5(b)

Second ditch

Third ditch

1

1

62 x 21 x 1.2

62 x 21 x 1.2

1562.4 m3

1562.4 m3

6(a)

6(b)

Secondary Clarifier (SCF)

Recirculation sludge sump

1

1

21.34 Ø x 2.75

4.5 x 3.0 x 1.2

1000 m3

16.2 m3

7 Sludge Drying Beds 15 Diff. sizes of beds 5470 m2

8 Panic Pond 1 32 x 12 x 3.5 1150 m3

9 DAF unit Float cell (50m3/hr

capacity) 1 3.2 m dia x 0.9 m Ht 7.2 m3

Description of Effluent Treatment Plant:

ETP-I

At present the waste water generated from various units (Caprolactam -I, Nylon -6, Tank

Farm Area) is treated in ETP-I. The existing flow rate is 818 KLD from all the above streams.

The effluent generated from proposed project to be treated in ETP-I is 22.2 KLD. The

detailed description of ETP-I is provided below:

Equalization/Neutralization Tank:

Effluent emanated from the Caprolactam -I, Nylon -6, Tank Farm Area, is first taken in to API

Oil Separator for removal of oil. In case of abnormal quality, it is diverted into newly

constructed Panic Pond. The overflow from API Oil Separator is pumped to DAF unit and



then taken to Equalization Tank (ET) for getting homogenized effluent prior to feeding to

biological treatment system. Coarse bubble aeration system / surface aerators are provided

for proper mixing of effluent at Equalization Tank.

Secondary Treatment System:

Effluent from ET is taken to Oxidation Ditch - I for first stage extended aeration and

biodegradation of organic matter where four rotors are provided for supply of necessary

oxygen. Effluent is then taken to primary clarifier for physical separation of bio sludge.

Supernatant Effluent from primary clarifier is taken to Oxidation Ditch - II &III for second

stage extended aeration and biodegradation of organic matter where eight rotors are

provided. Effluent is taken to secondary clarifier for separation of bio- sludge and

supernatant. Desludging from primary and secondary clarifier to sludge drying beds is

carried out in such a way that desired MLSS level is maintained in the ditches. Mixed Liquor

Suspended Solids (MLSS) is checked daily once in all ditches.

Disposal:

The supernatant of secondary clarifier is stored at New Pump House Pond and then

disposed to sea through common effluent channel of M/s. Vadodara Enviro Channel Limited

(VECL).



Figure 2-5: Schematic Flow Diagram of Existing ETP

Adequacy of Existing ETP

At present the waste water generated from various units (Caprolactam -I, Nylon -6, Tank

Farm Area,) is treated in ETP-I. The existing flow rate is 818 KLD from all the above streams.

The effluent generated from proposed project to be treated in ETP is 22.2 KLD, hence after

expansion the waste water going into ETP-I will be 840.2 KLD and design capacity of existing

ETP-I is 880 KLD. Hence existing ETP-I is adequate for the treatment of additional effluent.

Real time monitoring system for monitoring flow, pH, TOC/COD, etc and separate electric

meter is provided in existing ETP’s, the photograph of the same is attached as Annexure 12.

2.9.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and Disposal

Only Used oil will be generated from proposed project. Details of Existing Solid and

Hazardous generated along with its management are provided in Table 2-23.



Table 2-23: Details of Existing and Proposed Solid and Hazardous Waste

Sr. No

Name of Waste

Waste category

Source of waste generation

Quantity (MTPA)

Waste Storage Area Solid waste Disposal /

Management Existing

Proposed

Total

1 ETP Sludge

a Biological

sludge -

Biological treatment of effluent

40 MTPA -- 40

MTPA

Stored at SDB Sale to Farmer as a soil

conditioner

b Chemical

sludge 34.3

Chemical treatment of effluent & cleaning

of collection tanks

Stored at SDB/Specific Storage area at ETP in

HDPE bags

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal at

TSDF site i.e. NECL

2 Used Oil 5.1 Various existing

Plants 125 MTPA

0.3 MTPA

125.3 MTPA

Stored at MM dept. in drums

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered refiners

3 Discarded Container

33.1 Various existing

Plants 180 MTPA --

180 MTPA

Stored at MM dept. Collection, Storage,

Decontamination within factory Premise

4 Spent

Catalyst 17.2

Various existing Plants

35 MTPA -- 35

MTPA Stored at MM dept. in

drums

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered recyclers

or disposal at TSDF site i.e. NECL

5 Spent

Catalyst 18.1

Various existing Plants

115 MTPA -- 115

MTPA Stored at MM dept. in

drums

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered recyclers



Sr. No

Name of Waste

Waste category

Source of waste generation

Quantity (MTPA)

Waste Storage Area Solid waste Disposal /

Management Existing

Proposed

Total

6 Organic Waste

1.4 From F & I groups and

cleaning activity 20 MTPA --

20 MTPA

Stored in Room at Caprolactam plant in

drums/ HDPE bags

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal at

Incineration Facility.

7 Sulphur Muck

17.1 Filtration of molten sulphur at SA plants

350 MTPA -- 350

MTPA Stored in specified area Nr. SA plant.

Collection, Storage, reuse &/or Transportation and Disposal at

TSDF site

Note: Discarded containers generation per annum is 10,000 Nos, for conversion to MTPA 18 kg Considered for one drum.

2.9.9 Mitigation Measures at Design Stage

Details of mitigation measures adopted at design stage are provided in Table 2-24.

Table 2-24: Details of Mitigation Measures at Design Stage

Name of Plant Environmental

Attributes

Operational Controls at Design Stage

Air Noise Water SHW

Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act – 1981 and Rules, 1982 as amended to

date

The Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act – 1974 and Rules 1975 as amended to

date

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

Nylon-6 Energy Major initiatives including installation of VFD’s

Regular energy conservation initiatives are/will be taken to reduce energy consumption



Name of Plant Environmental

Attributes

Operational Controls at Design Stage

Air Noise Water SHW

Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act – 1981 and Rules, 1982 as amended to

date

The Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act – 1974 and Rules 1975 as amended to

date

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date


Air -- -- -- --

Waste Water -- --

Industrial Effluent : ETP-I

Sewage Water: Soak Pit

--

Solid and Hazardous Waste

-- -- --

Used Oil- Collection, Storage and Transportation & Disposal by selling to registered refiners.



2.9.10 Assessment of New and Untested Technology

No recommendation of Assessment of New and Untested Technology was given during

appraisal stage; hence it is not carried out.

2.9.11 Condensed Description

The condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental

effects is given in Table 2-25.

Table 2-25: Condensed Description of Aspects of the Project likely to Cause Environmental Effects

Sr. No.

Activity Aspects

Project Pre- Construction/ Construction

1 Site Preparation

1 Excavation and paving of site

Generation of Debris

Dust generation

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls

2 Fabrication work for erecting plant

equipment and preventive maintenance work

Generation of scraps

Noise Generation

3 Vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material and waste

Increase in traffic load

Fugitive dust emission due to vehicle movement & Emission of PM, HC, NOx & CO

Noise generation

4 Manpower requirement during

Construction/fabrication/modification phase

Employment generation

Sewage generation

Commissioning/ Project Operation

1 Manufacturing Process Waste Water Generation

General & Utilities

1 Vehicular movement for

transportation of raw materials, finished goods and Industrial Waste

Increase in traffic load

SPM generation and emission of PM, HC, NOx CO

Noise generation

2 Operation of Cooling tower Generation of waste water from

Cooling

3 Operation of ETP Generation of waste water

4 Handling of Products & Raw Material Spillage & leakage of materials

5 Manpower requirement during Employment Generation



Sr. No.

Activity Aspects

operation phase Sewage generation

6 Equipment maintenance Generation of oil and lubricants

Generation of scraps and used spares etc.



CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the probable

impact zone for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Soil, Ecology

& Bio diversity and Socio-economy. As per the ToR obtained from SEIAA dated 01.04.2019,

in ToR point No. 27 baseline studies to be conducted within the study area of 5 km radius,

however we have collected the baseline studies within 10 km radius. An exhaustive attempt

has been made in the current chapter to disclose all possible baseline status of

environmental quality in the study area, which further serves as the basis for identification,

prediction and evaluation of impacts.

3.1 STUDY AREA

As per the ToR obtained from SEIAA dated 01.04.2019, in ToR point No. 27 baseline studies

to be conducted within the study area of 5 km radius, however we have used the baseline

studies collected within 10 km radius The baseline environmental study has been conducted

for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. Attempt has been made in the current

chapter to disclose all possible base line status of environmental quality in the vicinity of the

project, which further serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of

impacts. Study area map covering all the villages are shown in the Map 3-1.

3.2 PERIOD

We have used the baseline data of summer season (1st March to 31st May, 2018) collected

for GSFC project of Chemical Fertilizer Manufacturing Unit (Ammonium Sulphate), Category

“A”, as proposed project of capacity enhancement and expansion of Nylon - 6 Chips also lies

in the same complex of GSFC.

Monitoring survey of the study area has been carried out in summer season from March

2018 to May 2018.

3.3 COMPONENTS

The Valued Environmental Components (VECs) to be included in study area (10 km radius w.r.t. project site) including physical, biological and social component is provided in subsequent sections of this chapter.



Figure 3-1: Schematic presentation of Valued Environmental Component

Map 3-1: Study Area Map



3.4 METHODOLOGY

The baseline environmental study was carried out for the various environmental

components viz, Air, Water, Soil, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economy and Noise. A

desktop study was carried out to select the sampling locations and site visit was done by our

field area experts. After the site visit, locations were finalized. During the submission of field

area expert report and discussion looking to the extent of impact, 5 km radius was

considered as core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered as buffer zone. All the

locations have been selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per the

requirement of TOR and environmental samples were collected from the selected locations

of the study area. Before starting the survey activity for ecology and bio diversity, secondary

data were used as reference during the desktop survey for listing the species of study zone

and planning the survey. In case of socio economy, secondary data have also been used for

deciding the parameters to be surveyed during socio economic data collection. As a

secondary source of data, for Ecology and Biodiversity survey various publications by the

government of India and literature available on internet site were used. Some photograph

showing the monitoring and survey activities are presented in Photograph 3-1.

3.4.1 Frequency of Sampling

Details of frequency of environmental sampling considered for the study are illustrated in

Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Sampling

Locations Parameters Frequency

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological

Data Nr. Project Site

Temperature, Relative Humidity, Precipitation Wind

direction, Wind Speed.

Hourly data for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May

2018.

Ambient Air Quality

8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10

km radius.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx, NH3, HF, Total Fluoride, Urea dust, Methane and Non

Methane HC.

24 hour basis, twice a week during study

period.

B. Noise 8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10

km radius.

Noise Levels in dB (A).

Once in Study Period.

C. Water



Attributes Sampling

Locations Parameters Frequency

Ground Water

Samples from 7 numbers of locations within 10 km radius

from the project site.

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and

Heavy Metal.


Surface Water



Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and

Heavy Metal.


D. Soil Quality



Physical, Chemical Characteristics, Soil

Texture.


3.4.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

The methods adopted for environmental sampling and analysis are illustrated in following in

Table 3-2.

Table 3-2: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Attributes Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis/data analysis

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological

Data

Data collected on hourly basis using wind monitor as per CPCB

Guideline. NA

Ambient air quality

As per IS: 5182, CPCB & AWMA. As per IS:5182,CPCB & AWMA

B. Noise Instrument : Sound level meter Survey carried out as per CPCB

guideline.

C. Water

Ground Water

Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, 23rdedition, APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 23rdedition, APHA 2017.

Surface Water

Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, 23rd

edition, APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 23rdedition, APHA 2017.



D. Soil Quality

IS 2720, Soil Testing in India (Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).

IS 2720, Laboratory developed Method as per NABL requirement

and Book - Soil Testing in India (Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS, AS

IDENTIFIED IN THE SCOPE

3.5.1 Meteorology

The study of micro meteorological data helps to understand the variations in the ambient

air quality status in that region. The prevailing micrometeorological condition at project site

plays a crucial role in transport and dispersion of air pollutants. The persistence of the

predominant wind direction and wind speed at the project site decide the direction and

extent of the air pollution impact zone. The principal variables which affect the

micrometeorology are horizontal transport and dispersion, convective transport and vertical

mixing and topography of the area towards local influences. Micrometeorological data were

collected by using the wind monitor as per CPCB guideline which was installed near project

site. All the micrometeorological data were collected on hourly basis. Meteorological

conditions of the study area are presented in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3:Meteorological Condition of Study Area

Month Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%)

Wind Speed (km/hr)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Mar'18 19.0 42.2 13 78 0.1 14.5

Apr'18 22.4 43.6 14 76 0.1 15.0

May'18 24.4 44.4 10 84 0.1 23.4

Photograph 3-1: Monitoring Activity



Ambient air – Dashrath Village Noise – Asoj Village

Surface water – Mahi River Noise – Project Site



Surface water – Dashrath Project Site – Ambient air

Traffic Study- NH 48 Soil – Asoj

Temperature

During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 19.0oC on 10th Mar 2018 and

maximum temperature was recorded as 44.4oC on 11th May 2018. Temperature data were

collected on hourly basis during the study period. Variation of temperature is graphically

presented in Figure 3-2.



Figure 3-2:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation

Humidity

Humidity affects the nature and characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the

measure of amount of moisture in the atmosphere. Humidity helps suspended particulate

matter to coalesce and grow in size to settle under the gaseous pollutants by providing

them aqueous medium. During the study period minimum Humidity was recorded 10% on

16th May 2018 and maximum Humidity was recorded as 84% on 17th May 2018. The

variation in humidity is represented graphically in Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-3:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Hourly wind speed data were collected for the period 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018 with

the help of wind monitor. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and transportation of pollutants

in the atmosphere mainly depend on wind speed and its direction. Wind direction and

velocity data have been collected during the study period. Dominant wind direction during

study period was from SW –NE. Wind speed was observed from 0.1 to 14.5 km/hr in the

month of March 2018, from 0.1 to 15.0 km/hr in the month of April 2018 and from 0.1 to

23.4 km/hr in the Month of May 2018. Month-wise maximum and minimum wind speed

data are tabulated in Table 3-3.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112131415161718192021222324252627282930311 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920212223242526272829301 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920212223242526272829

Max. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Min. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

0.05.0

10.015.020.025.030.035.040.045.050.0

Tem

per

atu

re (

oC

)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112131415161718192021222324252627282930 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920212223242526272829

Max. 5 5 6 6 6 5 5 6 7 7 6 6 5 6 6 6 5 5 6 5 6 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 5 6 5 4 4 4 6 7 7 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 6 7 6 6 6 8 8 6 7 7 6 7 7 6 7 6 7 6

Min. 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Hu

mid

ity

(%)



Wind Rose

Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind

speed considering all the directions. From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict

the direction and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the

source. Wind rose diagram has been prepared by using hourly wind velocity and dominant

wind direction data and is presented in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4: Wind Rose Diagram



Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data

Wind rose diagram indicate that the dominant wind direction can be considered SW to NE.

Based on micrometeorological data, of wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that

chances of maximum dispersion of pollutants will be in NE direction during the period

March to May.

3.5.2 Land Use

Land Use Pattern of the Study area

Studies on land use aspects of eco system play an important role to identify sensitive issues

and to take appropriate action for maintaining ecological homeostasis in the region. The

main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the area, so that temporal

changes due to the proposed project on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

Data Used: United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Land sat 8 cloud free data

has been used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-spectral

digital data has been used for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study.

Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of

base map and geometric correction of satellite data. Ground truthing has been carried out

to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling

verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which

cannot be obtained directly on satellite imagery.

Methodology: The methodology used for the study consists of following components.

Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries

ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the

project. ERDAS 10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial

data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land

cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. Methodology used for land use

classification and mapping is presented in Figure 3-5. Land use map is presented in Map 3-2.

Land Use Statistic (10 km) is presented in Table 3-4 and Figure 3-6.



Figure 3-5: Methodology Used for Land use Classification

Map 3-2: Land Use Map



Table 3-4:Land use Statistics (10 km)

Land Use Land Cover Area (Sq.km) Percentage (%)

Barren Land Waste Land 26.76 8.46

Open Land 10.07 3.18

Agriculture

Fallow Land 33.47 10.58

Crop Land 54.92 17.37

Orchard/Trees 47.38 14.98

Water body River/Ponds 3.31 1.05

Settlement Settlement 55.87 17.67

Range Land

Grass Land 32.90 10.40

Mangroves 51.54 16.30

Total 316.20 100

(Source: Land use mapping and primary survey of the area)

Figure 3-6:Land use Statistics (10 Km)

Drainage Map

A drainage Map describes that an area of land where all surface water from rain or from

some other sources converges to a single point at a lower elevation, usually the exit of the

basin, where the waters join another body of water, such as a river, lake, reservoir, estuary,

wetland, sea, or ocean. This map tool is used to search for documents while viewing map

features. Drainage Map of studied region is presented in Map 3-3.

8.46% 3.18%

10.58%

17.37%

14.98%

1.05%

17.67%

10.40%

16.30% Waste Land

Open Land

Fallow Land

Crop Land

Orchard/Trees

River/Ponds

Settlement

Grass Land

Mangrove

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surface_water

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rain

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reservoir

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estuary

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wetland

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ocean



Map 3-3: Drainage Map

Digital Elevation Map

Digital elevation Map of studied region is presented in Map 3-4

Map 3-4: Digital Elevation Map



Summary and Interpretation of Land Use Map

The area surrounding the project site is largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop

Land and Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively of

the total study area. Barren Land like Waste Land and Open Land are covering around 8.46%

and 3.18% respectively. Range Land like Grass Land and Scrub Land are covering around

10.40 % and 16.30% respectively of the total study area. Water body like River/Ponds is

covering around 1.05% of the total study area. Settlement is covering around 17.67 % of the

total study area.

3.5.3 Ambient Air Quality

Air is the Earth’s atmosphere having the gases in which living organisms live and breathe but

air is being deteriorated day by day due to the anthropogenic and natural sources. In

present scenario Industrialization, Energy production and the burning of fossil fuels has

polluted the air environment. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the

assessment of the existing status of background air quality in the study area. This will be

useful for assessing the conformity of the ambient air quality to the standards even after

commencement of the proposed project.

Selection of Sampling Locations

Following points were considered during the selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

locations.

Topography/terrain of the study area,

Regional synoptic scale climatologically norm’s,

Densely populated areas within the region,

Location of surrounding Industries,

Representation of regional background,

Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring,

Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction,

Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing

activity which may be temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous

conclusions.

Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of

samplers.

Dominant Wind Direction.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region, monitoring was

conducted for 8 numbers of locations during 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. At the time of

location selection previous micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern



in the study region was considered for the selection of minimum one location in the

downwind direction. However, ambient air monitoring locations were also selected in cross

sectional wind direction looking towards the possibility of change in wind pattern during the

study period. Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations are presented in

Map 3-5 and Table 3-5.

Map 3-5:Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air

Table 3-5: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Code Location Distance/Direction

from the Project site

Latitude and Longitude

Selection Criteria

A1 Project Site - 22°22'26.17"N

73° 9'12.49"E -

A2 Bajwa 1.4 km/W 22°22'7.31"N

73° 8'24.67"E Crosswind

A3 Dashrath 2.1 km/N 22°23'34.98"N


A4 Ranoli 3.8 km/NNW 22°23'54.06"N


A5 Sama 5.4 km/ SE 22°20'28.58"N

73°11'41.07"E Crosswind



Code Location Distance/Direction

from the Project site


Selection Criteria

A6 Laxmipura 4.9 km/SSW 22°19'50.18"N

73° 8'11.63"E Upwind

A7 Asoj 6.2 km/NE 22°24'44.73"N

73°11'44.90"E Downwind

A8 Nandesari 8.4 km/NW 22°24'34.23"N


Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Sampling team was appointed with one FAE and Technical Assistant to carry out Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring for 8 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Sampling and analysis was carried out as per CPCB, IS 5182 & EPA and instrument operation

manual for the parameters PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, HF, Fluoride, Urea dust, Methane and

Non Methane HC. After the completion of sampling, samples were brought to the

laboratory in Ice box and filter box for analysis.

Methodology for Sampling and Analysis

Samples were collected by using micron dust samplers at suitable height from obstruction

free area as per the availability of the facility. Sampling and Analysis was carried out as per

CPCB Guideline, instrument operational manual and National Environmental Engineering

Research Institute. Detail of reference method is presented in Table 3-6.

Table 3-6: Details of Analysis Method

Sr. No.

Parameters Test Method

1 Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (Part 13):2006/Reaffirmed 2012

2 Particular matter (PM 2.5)

CPCB Guideline,

SOP No. WI/5.4/02-B/03,Issue No.1

Date:01/01/2010

3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (Part 2):2001/Reaffirmed 2012

4 Oxide of Nitrogen (NOx) IS 5182 (Part 6):2006

5 Ammonia (NH3) SOP No. WI/5.4/02B/06,Issue No.1

Date:01/01/2010

6 HF IS 5182 (Part 13):1991

7 Total Fluoride Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA, APHA



Sr. No.

Parameters Test Method

8 Urea Dust SOP No. WI/5.4/02B/06-A,Issue No.1

Date:01/02/2018

9 Methane and Non Methane

HC

Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA, APHA

No. 109

Quality of Ambient Air

Minimum, maximum, average and percentile value for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and

NOx are tabulated in Table 3-7 to Table 3-10 to describe the quality of Ambient Air.

Table 3-7:Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5

Code

PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 68.1 84.9 85.4 75.2 38.1 45.2 45.2 41.7

A2 64.3 81.7 82.3 73.7 35.9 44.0 44.3 40.5

A3 67.7 80.5 81.6 73.8 35.3 43.6 44.2 40.2

A4 68.1 80.8 81.4 74.0 34.6 43.5 43.6 40.6

A5 66.4 80.1 80.1 72.8 33.5 43.7 43.7 40.7

A6 62.7 80.3 80.6 73.0 32.1 42.8 42.9 39.1

A7 68.3 84.3 86.2 75.1 38.2 46.2 46.2 42.5

A8 67.4 80.5 80.6 74.6 35.8 45.2 45.8 40.9

NAAQS, 2009 100 60

Table 3-8: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of SO2 and NOx

Code

SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 11.7 16.8 16.8 14.2 15.7 20.7 20.8 18.7

A2 9.7 14.7 14.7 12.4 14.3 18.2 18.2 16.8

A3 9.8 13.1 13.1 11.7 13.8 18.1 18.6 15.9

A4 9.4 14.8 14.8 12.3 16.9 20.2 20.3 18.7

A5 8.8 14.1 14.6 11.7 14.5 18.1 18.2 16.7

A6 8.5 13.7 13.8 11.5 13.7 18.4 18.4 16.9

A7 10.7 14.9 14.9 13.3 15.9 20.0 20.0 18.0

A8 10.6 14.7 14.7 13.0 15.3 19.6 19.8 17.8

NAAQS, 2009 80 80



Table 3-9: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of NH3 and HF

Code

NH3 (µg/m3) HF (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 1.2 2.9 2.9 2.0 0.3 0.8 0.8 0.5

A2 1.0 1.9 2.0 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A3 1.0 2.0 2.1 1.4 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A4 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.2 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A5 1.0 1.7 1.7 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A6 1.0 1.7 1.7 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A7 1.0 2.1 2.1 1.4 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

A8 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

NAAQS, 2009 400 -

Detection Limit of HF – 0.3 µg/m3

Table 3-10: Min, Max, 98th Percentile, and Average Value of NH3 and HF

Code

Total Fluoride (µg/m3) Urea dust (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 0.8 1.9 1.9 1.2 1.8 4.8 5.4 3.0

A2 <0.3 0.9 0.9 0.4 <1.5 2.1 2.1 1.3

A3 <0.3 1.4 1.4 0.7 <1.5 3.7 3.7 1.5

A4 <0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 <1.5 2.1 2.1 1.2

A5 <0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 <1.5 2.0 2.0 1.2

A6 <0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 <1.5 2.1 2.1 1.3

A7 <0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 <1.5 2.1 2.1 1.1

A8 0.3 1.4 1.4 0.8 <1.5 4.1 4.1 2.0

Detection Limit of Total Fluoride – 0.3 µg/m3 and Detection Limit of Urea dust – 1.5 µg/m3

Summary of Ambient Air Quality

PM10 was observed in the range of 62.7 – 86.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM10 was found at Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village

during the study period.

PM2.5 was observed in the range of 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM2.5 was found at Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village


SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 8.5 -16.8 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit.



NOx concentration in was observed in the range of 13.7- 20.8 µg/m3, which is well

within the standard limit.

Concentration of NH3 ranged from 1.0 -2.9 µg/m3, which is well within the limit.

Sampling and analysis of HF and Total Fluoride was also carried out and the results

were found in the range <0.3 – 0.8 µg/m3 and <0.3 – 1.9 µg/m3.

3.5.4 Noise

The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to

measure background noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area.

Sources of Noise Pollution

The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to

commercial activities, noise generated by Community, Vehicular traffic etc.

Noise Level in the Study Area

Noise level monitoring was carried out with the help of sound level meter at 8 different

locations fall under residential, industrial and high noise generating source. Noise sampling

locations are presented in Map 3-6 and

Table 3-11. Analysis results are presented in Table 3-12 and

Table 3-13.

Map 3-6: Map showing the study region location of Noise



Table 3-11: Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Sampling

Code Location

Distance from project

site/Direction


Selection Criteria

N1 Project Site (Nr.

Main Gate) -

22°22'30.66"N

73° 9'28.54"E Industrial Area

N2 Project Site (Nr. Green Belt Area)

- 22°22'33.96"N



AS-1 Plant) -

22°22'27.35"N



Mech. Workshop)

- 22°22'29.94"N


N5 Bajwa 1.3 km/W 22°22'7.53"N

73° 8'25.77"E Residential Area

N6 Ranoli 3.7 km/NNW 22°23'54.86"N


N7 Dashrath 1.4 km/NNE 22°23'9.02"N


N8 NH-48 4.3 km/SE 22°21'44.51"N

73°11'45.27"E Highway



Table 3-12: Noise Monitoring report during day time

Sampling

Code

Lmin

dB Ld dB(A)

Lmax

dB Zone

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules,

2000 N1 65.7 70.4 74.1 Industrial 75

N2 58.4 62.1 66.2 Industrial 75

N3 63.1 68.5 72.4 Industrial 75

N4 62.8 67.3 71.8 Industrial 75

N5 46.3 50.2 54.6 Residential 55

N6 45.8 50.6 54.8 Residential 55

N7 45.1 49.8 54.5 Residential 55

N8 74.5 78.6 82.7 Highway -

Table 3-13: Noise Monitoring report during night time

Sampling

Code

Lmin

dB

Ln

dB(A)

Lmax

dB Zone

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules,

2000 N1 62.7 65.1 68.8 Industrial 70

N2 53.1 57.4 60.2 Industrial 70

N3 60.8 64.2 66.3 Industrial 70

N4 56.9 60.8 64.7 Industrial 70

N5 39.8 42.1 44.6 Residential 45

N6 39.2 42.4 44.8 Residential 45

N7 40.1 42.8 45.0 Residential 45

N8 70.1 73.8 77.3 Highway -

Note: Day time –6.00 AM to 10.00 PM, Night time – 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM

Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use i.e. residential,

commercial, industrial areas and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and



Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February

14, 2000. Different standards have been stipulated for day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night (10

PM to 6 AM). The noise level study shows that the noise levels are in the acceptable norms.

Summary of Noise Data

Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 62.1 to 70.4 dB (A) at Project Site

and it is 49.8 to 50.6 dB (A) in residential area during day time.

Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 57.4 to 65.1dB (A) at Project Site

and it is 42.1 to 42.8 dB (A) in residential area during night time.

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 m away from National Highway- 48 and

equivalent noise level was recorded 78.6 dB (A) during day time and 73.8 dB (A)

during night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB

(A).

3.5.5 Hydrology and Ground Water

Water Quality

With the start of water quality study, the water resources in the study area were divided

into two categories for getting ideal upshot of baseline status of water quality of the region.

These two categories as determined are:

Ground water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

Surface water resources including ponds, river, canals.

Sampling and Analysis

All the water samples were collected and analyzed as per ―Standard Methods for

Examination of Water & Wastewater‖, APHA 23rd Edition, 2017. Water Samples for the

analysis of physico-chemical parameters were collected in plastic carboy and parameter

wise preserved onsite as per the technique defined in the book of APHA 23rd Edition, 2017.

Temperature, pH and DO were analyzed onsite and samples were brought to the laboratory

for the analysis of remaining parameters.



Ground Water

To assess the quality of ground water, samples were collected from 7 numbers of locations

for the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Ground water sampling

locations are presented in

Map 3-7and Table 3-14. Analysis results are presented in Table 3-15.

Map 3-7 : Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water



Table 3-14 : Details of Ground Water sampling locations

Code Location Distance from the project

site/Direction Latitude and Longitude Source

GW1 Bajwa 1.5 km/W 22°22'7.68"N

73° 8'18.25"E Bore well

GW2 Dashrath 2.2 km/N 22°23'35.18"N

73° 8'51.19"E Bore well

GW3 Ranoli 3.1 km/NNW 22°23'53.51"N

73° 8'13.18"E Bore well

GW4 Sama 5.0 km/SE 22°20'27.89"N

73°11'40.31"E Bore well

GW5 Laxmipura 5.0 km/SW 22°19'48.53"N

73° 8'24.17"E Bore well

GW6 Asoj 6.2 km/NE 22°24'40.58"N

73°11'54.55"E Hand Pump

GW7 Nandesari 8.2 km/NW 22°24'34.17"N

73° 5'4.43"E Bore well

Table 3-15: Ground water Analysis Results

Sr. No.

Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

Drinking Water Specification IS 10500: 1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

1. Temperature 0C 28.5 28 28 28.5 28 29 28.5 -- --



Sr. No.



Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 6.93 6.72 7.29 8.15 7.55 7.71 7.57 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15

4. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable --

5. TDS @ 1800C mg/L 986 1208 882 781 692 574 764 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 1482 1814 1324 1168 1038 862 1146 -- --

7. Turbidity NTU 2.1 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.6 1.0 1.6 1 5

8. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/L 640 732 418 384 296 320 258 200 600

9. Calcium mg/L 136 154 82.6 74.6 64.2 44 56.4 75 200

10. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L 440 340 384 356 288 284 252 200 600

11. Chloride mg/L 232 274 264 204 184 155 254 250 1000

12. Magnesium mg/L 72.9 84.3 51.4 47.9 32.9 51 28.4 30 100

13. Sulphate mg/L 108 287 26.6 28.6 50.4 18.4 18.6 200 400

14. Total Phosphorus (PO4-

P) mg/L 2.2 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.9 -- --

15. Sodium mg/L 104 140 160 128 124 92 162 -- --

16. Potassium mg/L 38 28 38 22 36 12 32 -- --

17. Fluoride mg/L 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.5



Sr. No.



Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

18. Phenolic Compound mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002

19. Oil and Grease mg/L <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 -- --

20. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.4 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.5 -- --

21. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 45 No Relaxation

22. Total Nitrogen mg/L 1.4 1.6 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.2 - -

23. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.33 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.21 0.3 No Relaxation

24. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

25. Boron mg/L 0.08 0.1 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.5 1.0

26. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No Relaxation

27. Zinc mg/L 0.13 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.12 <0.1 0.11 5 15

28. Total Coliform Present/Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in any100 ml of sample



Summary of Ground Water Quality

The test results were compared with the Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992

(Reaffirmed 2012) and it is summarized as under.

The pH was observed in the range of 6.72– 8.15, which meets with drinking water

norms.

Turbidity was found in the range of 1.0 – 2.4 NTU.

Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) were recorded in the range of 574 - 1208 mg/L with minimum

at Asoj village and maximum at Dashrath village.

Conductivity varies from 862 to 1814 µmho/cm. The ratio of TDS to conductivity was

observed in the range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 258- 732 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari village

and maximum at Dashrath village.

Total Alkalinity was found in the range of 252 - 440 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari

village and maximum at Bajwa village.

Chloride was found in the range of 155 to 274 mg/L and Sulphate varies from18.4 to 287

mg/L.

DO is one of the important parameter which denotes towards the organic contamination

in water and results were found in the range of 5.3 to 5.6 mg/L.

Iron was found in the range of 0.14-0.33 mg/L with minimum at Asoj village and

maximum at Dashrath village.

Testing of other heavy metal parameter was also carried out and all the results were

found well within the limit.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found Nil.

Surface Water

To assess the quality of Surface water, samples were collected from 4 numbers of locations

for the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Frequency of sampling

was once during the study period. Sampling and analysis was carried out as per “Standard

Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater 23rd Edition, 2017. Surface water

sampling locations are presented in the Map 3-8 and Table 3-16. Analysis results are

presented in Table 3-17 & Table 3-18.



Map 3-8: Map showing the locations for Surface water

Table 3-16: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Distance from the

project Site/Direction

Latitude and Longitude Source

SW1 Dashrath 2.1 km/N 22°23'32.62"N

73° 8'51.11"E Pond

SW2 Ranoli 3.6 km/NW 22°23'50.61"N

73° 7'45.58"E Pond

SW3 Laxmipura 5.3 km/SW 22°19'41.37"N

73° 8'22.12"E Pond

SW4 Mahi River 8.6 km/WNW 22°23'32.38"N

73° 4'19.64"E River



Table 3-17: Surface water Analysis Results

S.

No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

Drinking Water Specification

IS 10500: 1992/(Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable

Limit

Permissible

Limit

1. Temperature 0C 28.0 28.5 28.5 28.0 - -

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 6.81 7.81 8.02 8.08 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen 15 10 12 <5 5 15

4. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Agreeable -

5. TDS @ 1800C mg/L 664 1112 894 358 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 982 1654 1338 542 - -

7. TSS mg/L 12 14 14 10 - -

8. Total Hardness

as CaCO3 mg/L 345 600 210 218 200 600

9. Calcium mg/L 96.2 112 35.2 48.3 75 200

10. Total Alkalinity

as CaCO3 mg/L 294 540 490 202 200 600

11. Chloride mg/L 169 325 196 76 250 1000

12. Magnesium mg/L 25.4 77.8 29.6 23.6 30 100

13. Sulphate mg/L 52.4 31.1 28.1 16.5 200 400

14. Total

Phosphorus mg/L 1.8 2.8 2.2 1.4 - -

15. Sodium mg/L 102 195 270 48 - -



S.

No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

Drinking Water Specification

IS 10500: 1992/(Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable

Limit

Permissible

Limit

16. Potassium mg/L 28 30 22 6 - -

17. Fluoride mg/L 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.4 1.0 1.5

18. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002

19. Oil and Grease mg/L <1 <1 <01 <01 - -

20. Dissolved Oxygen

mg/L 4.9 4.7 4.6 5.0 - -

21. COD mg/L 12 16 18 12 - -

22. BOD(3 days at

27 0C) mg/L <4 7 8 <4 - -

23. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 1.2 1.7 0.5 45 No Relaxation

24. Total Nitrogen mg/L 1.3 2.7 2.5 1.1 - -

25. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.42 0.34 0.12 0.3 No Relaxation

26. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

27. Boron mg/L 0.05 0.09 0.08 0.03 0.5 1.0

28. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Zinc mg/L 0.1 0.14 0.12 <0.1 Nil 15

Table 3-18: Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water

Code Total coliform Fecal coliform Escherichia coli Fecal Streptococci



Most Probable No (MPN): No/100 mL

SW1 28 20 <1.2 <1.2

SW2 24 18 4.0 <1.2

SW3 22 14 4.0 <1.2

SW4 26 16 <1.2 <1.2



Table 3-19: Standard Limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters

Sr .No.

Organisms Requirements

1.

All water intended for drinking:

a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in 100 mL sample

2.

Treated water entering the distribution system:


b) Total coliform bacteria



3.

Treated water in the distribution system:


b) Total coliform bacteria



1) Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are

detected. The minimum action in the case of total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if

these bacteria are detected in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by

immediate further investigation.

2) Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of fecal pollution, the count of thermo

tolerant coli form bacteria is an acceptable alternative. If necessary, proper confirmatory

tests shall be carried out. Total coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the

sanitary quality of rural water supplies, particularly in tropical areas where many bacteria of

no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies.

3) It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries,

fecal contamination is widespread. Under these conditions, the national surveillance agency

should set medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.

Summary of Surface Water Quality

The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the samples was found in the range of 6.81-8.08.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample and it was found in the range

of 358-1112 mg/L.

TSS was found in the range of 10 – 14 mg/L.

Total Hardness ranges from 210– 600 mg/L with maximum in the water sample of Ranoli

village and minimum in Laxmipura.



DO is one of the important parameter to indicate towards the contamination of organic

matter. DO level decreases as soon as organic contamination increases. During analysis

DO was found in the range of 4.6-5.0 mg/L.

COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results were

found more than the expected value. Various literatures show that BOD should be less

than 4.0 mg/L for the better survival of aquatic life.

Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 1.1 – 2.7 mg/L.

Heavy metal analysis was also carried out and the Iron content was found in the range of

0.12- 0.42 mg/L.

MPN test was also carried out for this surface water sample and it was found positive. It

indicates towards the faecal contamination in surface water body.

3.5.6 Geological Environment

Regional Geomorphology and Topography

Vadodara district forms a part of the great Gujarat Alluvium plain. The eastern portion of

the district comprising the Chhota Udepur, the Kavant, the Jambughoda and the Naswadi

Taluka is hilly while rest of the district, the western and southern part, comprising of Mahi

and Narmada Doab, is a level plain and undulating terrain. The study area, Vadodara city, is

a part of Gujarat Alluvial Plain. The geomorphic evolution of Gujarat alluvial plain has

primarily been attributed to Holocene tectonic activity. The study area is a part of Dhadhar

River basin and Vishwamitri River, flowing across the Vadodara city, is subsidiary of Dhadhar

River. The river, before meeting the Gulf of Cambay, exhibits a deeply incised channel and

several entrenched meanders all along its course in the Gujarat alluvial plain. The study area

is a Alluvium plain deposited due to fluvial activity of these rivers.

Geology

The proposed project is located in highly urbanized area i.e. in middle of the Vadodara city.

Geologically the area is covered by recent age alluvium especially fluvial deposits of fine

sand, silt and clay.

Drainage Pattern

The site and surrounding area is drained by Vishwamitri River. Natural slope of the area of

site and surrounding is toward SE i.e. towards Vishwamitri River which further flows toward

south and SW before merging in Gulf of Khambhat.



Natural Hazards

The site and entire Vadodara city falls under Seismic Zone III i.e. Moderate Damage Risk

zone as per the Earthquake Hazard Map of India as per Vulnerability Atlas - 2nd Edition by

SOI, GOI.

Hydrology and Ground Water

Alluvium deposits comprising sand acts as an aquifer for the study area. Groundwater in this

area occurs in semi-confined to confined conditions. Groundwater in the area is around ~8

m depth below ground level. Vadodara block falls under Semi-Critical zone as per

Groundwater Resource-2011 but Vadodara District Groundwater Brochure published by

CGWA shows it falls in Over-Exploited zone.

3.5.7 Traffic Study

Proposed project connect with National Highway-48. Proposed project will attract to

commercial vehicles as a result traffic load will also increase on highways. Traffic load play a

major role in polluting the air. To assess the traffic load, 2 Nos. of surveyors were appointed

to survey for National Highway-48.

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of

vehicles under three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and

two/three wheelers. As traffic densities on the roads are high, two persons were deployed

simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person on each of the two directions

for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was

undertaken. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were

determined.

Traffic study is conducted on National Highway-48 from 28th and 29th March 2018.

Table 3-20: Traffic Study Report

Sr.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

NH-48

Passenger Car Unit (PCU)

Total No. of Vehicle in PCU

NH-48

Total No. of Vehicle

(PCU)/Hour

NH-48

1. Cars 20450 1.0 20450 852

2. Buses 1128 3.0 3384 141

3. Trucks 1842 3.0 5526 230

4. Two

wheelers 15422 0.5 7711 321

5. Three

wheelers 2542 0.75 1907 79



Sr.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

NH-48


Total No. of Vehicle in PCU

NH-48


(PCU)/Hour

NH-48

Total 41384 38978 1623

Table 3.16: Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS

Road V (Volume in

PCU/hr) C (Capacity in

PCU/hr) Existing V/C Ratio LOS

NH-48 1623 3000 0.54 C

Table 3-21: LOS Criteria

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

Summary of Traffic Study

V/C ratio is 0.54 at NH-48 area as per LOS criteria it is good.

3.5.8 Soil

4 numbers of samples were collected from different locations within 10 km radius to assess

the base line status of soil. Analysis was also carried out for physico-chemical parameters as

well as the parameters to define the texture class. Soil samples were collected by using core

cutter and brought to the laboratory in polythene bags. Standard procedures have been

followed for soil sampling and analysis. Soil sampling locations are presented in Map 3-9

and tabulated in Table 3-22. Results are presented in Table 3-23.



Map 3-9: Map showing the Study Region Location of Soil

Table 3-22: Details of Soil sampling location

Code Location Distance from the

project site/Direction Latitude and

Longitude Selection Criteria

S1 Project Site - 22°22'28.56"N

73° 9'5.21"E Non-Agricultural Land

S2 Bajwa 1.6 km/E 22°22'5.70"N

73° 8'22.29"E Non-Agricultural Land

S3 Dashrath 1.2 km/NNE 22°23'6.51"N

73° 9'28.65"E Agricultural Land

S4 Ranoli 3.3 km/NNW 22°23'51.42"N

73° 7'51.92"E Agricultural Land

Table 3-23: Soil Sample Analysis Result

Sr.

No Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1. Water Holding Capacity % 58.7 60.2 53.5 55.6

2. Porosity % 52.3 55.2 48.6 50.2

3. Particle Size Distribution

a. Sand % 26.32 24.12 58.24 59.14

b. Silt % 21.27 26.08 21.06 19.41



Sr.

No Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

c. Clay % 52.41 49.80 20.70 21.45

4. Texture - Clay Clay Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

5. Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100 g 39.9 42.6 23.1 27.5

6. pH - 7.42 7.81 8.04 8.22

7. Electrical Conductivity dS/m 1.4 1.3 0.6 0.7

8. Exchangeable Sodium % 8.0 6.6 4.3 4.4

9. Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 19.4 20.2 12.1 14.2

10. Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 16.2 18.6 9.4 11.4

11. Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 3.1 2.8 1.0 1.2

12. Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.2 1.0 0.6 0.7

13. Organic Carbon(OC) % 0.82 0.86 1.0 1.1

14. Total Nitrogen % 0.07 0.074 0.086 0.095

15. Nitrate N mg/100g 6.8 7.6 16.24 28.5

16. Total Phosphorus mg/100g 5.24 4.12 25.8 27.2

17. Total Iron mg/100gm 105.2 115.4 156.2 160.4

18. Total Zinc mg/100gm 2.62 1.85 5.21 5.62

19. Total Copper mg/100gm 2.38 1.54 3.31 3.44

20. Total Boron mg/100gm 1.68 0.95 2.33 2.56

21. Total Chromium mg/100gm 1.22 1.45 1.32 1.08

Summary of Soil Data

The soils are categorized as sandy loam to sandy clay loam based on different soil

separates (sand, silt and clay).

Soil have moderate water holding capacity (53.50 to 60.2 %) and porosity varied

from 48.6 – 50.20 %, but moderate drainage capacity as texture is clay at the site as

> 70 % is clay+ silt.

The soil is categorized as deep black having > 1m depth. The CEC (23.1 to 42.6

meq/100 g) of soil indicated that soils are having moderate (21 to 50 meq/100 g)

productivity potential. The pH ranged from 7.42 to 8.22 during the study period.

The soil EC varied from 0.6 to 1.4 dS/m and ESP ranged from 4.3 to 8.0. These

parameters indicate that soils are neutral to alkaline (pH 7.8 to 8.5) in reaction, non-

saline (EC < 0.8 dS/m) to saline (EC >0.8 dS/m) and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is

< 15. Among exchangeable basic cations, predominance of calcium (12.1 to 20.2

meq/100 gm) was seen followed by magnesium (9.4 to 18.60 meq/100 g), sodium

(1.0 to 3.1 meq/100 gm) and potassium (0.6 to1.2 meq/100 gm).



The loss on ignition (0.82 to 1.1 % OC) indicate that soils are high (>0.75 % OC) in

organic carbon status. This shows that soils are high in nitrogen status.

Considering only 2% available phosphorus based on total P, soils are classified as

poor (>28 kg P2O5/ha) in available P. On the basis of exchangeable potassium values

soils are categorized as medium (140-280 kg K2O/ha) to high (>280 kg K2O/ha) in

potassium status. The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show

alarming concentrations in different soil samples.

3.5.9 Ecology & Biodiversity

Methodology

The baseline survey for ecological status of flora and fauna has been carried out by primary survey as per QMS procedure QP-44.

Floral Diversity of the Study Area

The objective of study is to provide the floral structure in the study area so that effective

management can be done to conserve the natural wealth. Qualitative study was conducted

for the survey of flora. Cropping pattern, trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and grasses were

surveyed and the detail is summarized as under.

Trees: The dominant trees in the study area are Neem (Azadirachta indica), Babool (Acacia

nilotica), Aam (Mangifera indica), Nilgiri (Eucalyptus species) Sharu (Cassurina equisetifolia)

and Narial (Cocos nucifera). Total 43 species of trees belong to 19 families were enumerated

from the study area.

Table 3-24: Trees Species of Study Area

Sr.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Carissa congesta Karmada Karanda

2/2 Calotropis procera Akdo Rubber bush

2 Arecaceae

3/1 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Wild Date Plum

4/2 Cocos nucifera Nariel Coconut palm

3 Boraginaceae

5/1 Cordia gharaf Godni Gondni

4 Burseraceae

6/1 Garuga pinnata Kaked Garuga




5 Bignoniaceae

7/1 Tecomella undulate Ragat Rohido Roheda

6 Combretaceae

8/1 Terminalia bellerica Behdo Myrobalan

9/2 Terminalia chebula Herde Chebulic Myrobalan

10/3 Terminalia cranulata Sadad

11/4 Terminalia catappa Badam Indian Almond

7 Caricaceae

12/1 Carica papaya Papaya Papaya

8 Casuarinaceae

13/1 Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu Whistling Pine

9 Capparaceae

14/1 Capparis grandis Thikari Tree Caper

10 Euphorbiaceae

15/1 Emblica officinalis Amla Gooseberry

11 Fabaceae

16/1 Tamarindus indica Amli Tamarind

17/2 Pongomia pinnata Karanj Pongam

18/3 Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mesquite

19/4 Samanea saman Rato Sarasdo Rain tree

20/5 Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar Butterfly tree

21/6 Albizzia procera Killai (kevlo) White Siris

22/7 Bauhinia racemosa Ashitro Bidi tree

23/8 Acacia auriculiformis Bengali Baval Earleaf Acacia

24/9 Senegalia catechu Khair Cutch Tree

25/10 Acacia nilotica Desi Baval Babul

26/11 Cassia fistula Garmalo Amaltas

27/12 Senna auriculata Aval Tarwar

28/13 Dalbergia paniculata Patrali -

29/14 Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Sissoo

12 Loranthaceae

30/1 Dendrophthoe falcate Vando Honey Suckle

Mistletoe

13 Meliaceae

31/1 Melia azaderach Bakam Limdo Chinaberry

32/2 Azadirachta indica Limdo Neem




14 Malvaceae

33/1 Bombax ceiba Shimdo Silk cotton

15 Myrtaceae

34/1 Eucalyptus species Nilgiri -

16 Moraceae

35/1 Ficus bengalensis Vad Banyan

36/2 Ficus glomerata Umero Cluster fig

37/3 Ficus religiosa Pipdo Peepal

38/4 Morus alba Shetur Mulbery

17 Rhamnaceae

39/1 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Indian Jujube

40/2 Ziziphus xylopyrus Ghat Bor Bhorghoti

18 Rutaceae

41/1 Aegle marmelos Bili Bel

42/2 Cirtus limon Limbu Lemon

19 Sapotaceae

43/1 Madhuca indica Mahudo Mahua

Shrubs: The dominant shrubs in the study area are Mehandi, Karen and Paraspipla. Total 12

species of shrubs belong to 09 families were enumerated from the study area during the

primary survey.



Table 3-25: Shrub Species


1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Nerium indicum Karen Indian Oleander

2 Euphorbiaceae

2/1 Jathorpha gossypifolia Ratanjot Black Bellyache Bush

3/2 Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Physic Nut

3 Fabaceae

4/1 Tephrosia purpurea Sartankho Purple Tephrosia.

4 Lythraceae

5/1 Lawsonia inermis Mehndi Hina

5 Lamiaceae

6/1 Vitex negundo Nagod Chaste Tree

6 Malvaceae

7/1 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasud China Rose

8/2 Hibiscus vitifolius Van Kapas Grape Leaved

Mallow

9/3 Thespesia populnea ParasPiplo Indian tulip

7 Oleaceae

10/1 Nyctanthus arbor tristis Parijatak Night-flowering

Jasmine

8 Rhamnaceae

11/1 Zizyphus oenoplia Boydinovelo Jackal Jujube

9 Vitaceae

12/1 Leea edgeworthii Dussorudi Leea asiatica

Source: Primary survey and Forest Dept. Vadodara

Herbs: The dominant herbs in the study area are Tulsi, Barmasi and Dhatura. Total 23

species of herbs belong to 18 families were enumerated from the study area during the

primary survey.

Table 3-26: Herbs Species of Study Area


1 Apocynaceae

1/1 Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Madagascar periwinkle

2 Amaranthaceae

2/1 Aerva sanguinolenta Karadia Climbing Wool Plant




3 Apiaceae

3/1 Centella asiatica Bhrami Centella

4 Asteraceae

4/1 Launaea procumbens Bhonyadandi Creeping Launaea

5 Brassicaceae

5/1 Brassica juncea Rai India mustard

6 Boraginaceae

6/1 Trichodesma amplexicaule Undhafuli Indian borage

7 Caesapiniaceae

7/1 Cassia tora Kunvandio Sickle Senna

8 Convolvulaceae

8/1 Ipomoea aquatica Forsk Mali Ni Bhaji Swamp Morning-Glory

9 Lamiaceae

9/1 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Holy Basil

10/2 Lavandula bipinnata Roth

11/3 Leucas aspera Kubi Thumbai

10 Musaceae

12/1 Musa paradisiacal Kela Banana

11 Malvaceae

13/1 Sida cordata Bhoyabala Long-stalk Sida

14/2 Hibiscus lobatus Tali Lobed Leaf Mallow

12 Pedaliaceae

15/1 Sesamum indicum Fal Sesame

13 Phyllanthaceae

16/1 Phyllanthus fraternus Bhonya Amli Gulf Leaf-Flower

14 Papaveraceae

17/1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Mexcian prickly poppy

15 Poaceae

18/1 Foxtail millet Kang -

19/2 Bothriochloa pertusa Zenzvo Hurricane Grass

16 Papilionaceae

20/1 Indigofera linnaei Fatakiya Birdsville Indigo

17 Solanaceae

21/1 Capsicum annum Marchi Chilli pepper

22/2 Datura metel Ganthovalo Dhanturo

Devil's Trumpet

18 Zygophyllaceae




23/1 Tribulus terrestris BethuGokhru Bindii

Table 3-27: Climber Species

Sr. No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common name

1 Cucurbitaceae

1/1 Cucurbita maxima Kolu Autumn squash

2/2 Quisqualis indica Madhu Malti Rangoon creeper

2 Liliaceae

3/1 Asparagus racemosus Satavai Satawari

3 Nyctaginaceae

4/1 Bongainvillea spectabilis Boganvel Great Bougainvillea

4 Passifloraceae

5/1 Passiflora edulis Krishna Kamal Passion fruit

5 Vitaceae

6/1 Ampelocissus latfolia Jungli Wild Grape

Table 3-28: Grasses

Sr.No. Family and Scientific name Vernacular name Common Name

1 Poaceae - -

1/1 Bothriochlo apertusa Zenzvo hurricane grass

2/2 Cynodon dactylon Darb Bermuda grass

Source: Primary survey and Forest dept. Vadodara

Major Crops in the Study Area:

Kharif

Cereals: Bajara, Jowar

Pulses: Pigeon Peas, Moong, Urd

Oil Seeds: Groundnut, Castor, Cotton, Sunflower, Soyabean

Rabi:

Cereals: Wheat

Pulses: Gram

Oil Seeds: Mustards

Fruits: Watermelon, Gaunt, Pumpkin, Musk Melon

Others: Onion, Methi



Faunal Diversity of the Study Area

The faunal diversity in terms of mammal, reptiles, avian, fishes etc.

Mammals:

Total five number of mammal’s species has been recorded during the survey. Only those

species have been recorded in the study area that coexists with human settlement.

Table 3-29: List of Mammals in the Study Area

Sr. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per

WPA 1972

1. Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi Nurulia, Noria Schedule II

2. Squirrel Funambulus penanti Khiskoli Schedule IV

3. Murids Rattus rattus Rat Schedule V

4. Murids Mus musculus Mouse Schedule V

5. Craseonycteridae Chiroptera sps. Bat Schedule V

Table 3-30: List of Domestic Mammals in the Study Area

Sr.No. Family Common Name Scientific Name

1.

Bovidae

Buffalo Bubalus bubalis

2. Cow Bos taurus

3. Goat Capra aegagrushircus

4. Canidae Dog Canis lupus familiaris

Birds:

Table 3-31: Avi Fauna

Family Vernacular

Name Common Name Scientific Name

Migratory Status

Apodidae Khokhadbaglo Indian pond heron

Ardeola grayii R Ardeidae Dhorbaglo Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis RM Ardeidae Baglo Little egret Egretta garzetta R

Accipitridae Govinda Samadi

Common pariah kite

Milvus migrans RM Accipitridae - Scavenger

vulture Neophron

percnopterus RM

Phasianidae Mor Common peafowl

Pavo cristatus R Charadriidae Titodi Red-wattled

lapwing Vanellus indicus R

Laridae - Indian river tern Sterna aurantia R - Kabutar Blue rock pigeon Columba livia R - Holo Indian ring dove Streptopelia

decaocto R

- Sudo, Popat Roseringed parakeet

Psittacula krameri R - - Indian cuckoo Cuculus

micropterus R



Family Vernacular

Name Common Name Scientific Name

Migratory Status

Cuculidae Koyal Koel Eudynamys scolopacea

R Strigidae Ghubad Jungle owlet Glaucidium

radiatum R

Elapidae Deshi chhapo Common Indian nightjar

Caprimulgus asiaticus

R Alcedinidae Lagothi Common

kingfisher Alcedo atthis RM

- Kalo koshi Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis RM Sturnidae - Brahminy myna Sturnus

pagodarum R

Sturnidae Kabar Indian myna Acridotheres tristis R

Sturnidae Vana kabar Jungle myna Acridotheres fuscus

R - Bulbul Redvented

bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R

Leiothrichidae Sheradi Common babbler Turdoides caudatus

R Leiothrichidae Vana laledo Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus RM

Old world flycatchers

- Redbreasted flycatcher

Muscicapa parva RM Cisticolidae - Jungle wren-

warbler Prinia sylvatica R

Cisticolidae Darjido Tailor bird Orthotomus sutorius

R Old world flycatchers

Daiyad Magpie robin Copsychus saularis RM Muscicapidae Deoli Indian robin Saxicoloides

fulicata R

Motacillidae Matano pilakya

Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava melanogrisea

RM

Phul chakli Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R

Sunbird - Yellow backed sunbird

Aethopyga siparaja

R Passeridae Chakli House sparrow Passer domesticus R Ploceidae Sughari Baya Ploceus philippinus R

NOTE: R-Resident, M- Migratory, RM – Resident & Migratory

Table 3-32: List of Reptiles in the Study Area

Family Common Name Vernacular

Name Scientific Name

Schedule as per WPA 1972

Geckos Northern House gecko

Garoli Hemidactylus flaviviridis

Not Listed Dragon Lizards Common Garden

lizard Kachindo Calotes versicolor Not Listed

Dragon Lizards Southern green calotes

Kachindo Calotes calotes Not Listed

Chameleons Indian chameleon

Sarado Chameleon zeylanicus

Not Listed Typhlopidae Common worm

snake An-sap Ramphotyphlops

braminus -

Colubrid Snakes Common ratsnake

Dhaman Ptyas mucosus Schedule IV Colubrid Snakes Checkered

keelback Dendu Xenochrophis

piscator Schedule II

Elapidae Indian cobra Nag Naja naja Schedule II Softshell turtles Flap shell Indian

Turtle Kachbo Lissemys punctata

Crocodiles Crocodile Muggar Crocodylus palustris

Schedule I*

*The proposed project is located in Notified Industrial Area.

Table 3-33: Detail of Fishes

Sr

No. Family Fishes Scientific Name

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Old_World_flycatcher



Sr

No. Family Fishes Scientific Name

1 Anchariidae Cat Fish Siluriformes

2 Brachyura Crab Charybdis sp

3

Cyprinidae

Catla Gibelion catla

4 Mrigal Cirrhinus cirrhosus

5 Calbasu Labeo alluaudi

6 Mastacembelidae Eel Anguilliformes

7 Mugilidae Mullet Mugilidae

8 Penaeidae Prawn P. merguiensis

9 Pseudochactidae Scorpion Scorpaenidae

Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department, Baroda

Summary of Ecology and Biodiversity

As per the prescribed ToR study area is 5 km radius but however 10 km radius was studied.

The study area covers largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and

Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively. The manmade

habitat for fauna like Sayaji Baugh (Garden) and domesticated trees along the road, houses

and some degraded forest in the study area are also observed. Peafowl (bird), flap shell

Indian turtle and crocodile (reptile) are protected under Schedule- I as per Wildlife

(Protection) Act 1972 in which peafowl is very common and turtle is restricted to Sursagar

Lake located at 7-8 km in heart of the city while crocodile is restricted to Vishwamitri River

(6-7 km) as these are the niche for the turtle and crocodile. NO Schedule-I species is found

in 5 kms radius of the study area. Avifauna is common as in almost area have the

domesticated trees and sparse vegetation. No national park or wild life sanctuary is located

in 10 km radius from the projects. The proposed project is located in Notified Industrial

Estate and ToR was prescribed for 5 Km radius of study area.

3.5.10 Socio-Economics

The socio-economic environment includes demography structure, population density,

literacy level, and employment levels. The data establish a baseline for the prediction of

likely impacts of the proposed activity on the socio-economic environment. Secondary

information pertaining to the study area villages was collected from Government Agencies,

Census data for the year 2011, and statistical abstracts to compile the socio-economic data.



Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

Socio-economic survey tools provide a means of improving understanding of local resource

management systems, resource use and the relative importance of resources for

households and villages. They can also be used to elicit insights on interaction with

government decision-making systems, community perceptions of trends and priority issues,

and community-based institutions and their role in the sustainable use and conservation of

natural resources.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of primary data:

1. Identification of Study Area: The study area was identified before carrying out the

survey. All the related information which could affect the prosperity, development and

literacy were also collected.

2. Site Visit: Location wise survey plan & format for data collection were prepared for site

visit. Data regarding Land Characteristics, Population, Literacy, Workers and Amenities were

collected during the survey.

Analysis of Data: The data collected by primary survey were verified with secondary data

collected from sources like Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and

statistical abstracts.

Demography

Almost all villages in the study area are experiencing a rapid growth of population due to

industrialization. The total population of study region is summarized in Table 3-34.

Population Density

Population density in the study area varies from 169 - 5032 person/sq. km. Details of the

same are tabulated in Table 3-34.

Table 3-34: Details of Population in Study Area

Villages No. of Household Total population Total area

(sq.km)

Population density

Person/sq.km

Ankodiya 937 4608 5.21 884

Dhanora 864 4006 2.81 1426

Khanpur 304 1466 1.93 760

Sherkhi 1841 9464 12.35 766

Mahapura 268 1601 1.19 1345

Anagadh 2815 14780 11.37 1300

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 950 4740 6.14 772



Villages No. of Household Total population Total area

(sq.km)

Population density

Person/sq.km

Padmala 1059 5446 6.96 782

Rayaka 361 1981 5.95 333

Sankarda 1472 7460 7.34 1016

Vasna-Kotariya 796 3974 4.99 796

Sokhda 2454 12610 11.80 1069

Kotna 594 2902 4.14 701

Virod 506 2461 10.92 225

Dena 480 2565 4.44 578

Sukhlipur 185 942 3.21 293

Kotali 266 1269 3.12 407

GSFC Complex (INA) 574 2242 3.23 694

Nandesari (INA) 833 3679 2.06 1786

Nandesari (CT) 1717 8290 7.85 1056

Bajwa (CT) 1906 9611 1.91 5032

Ranoli (CT) 2511 11726 6.92 1695

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA)

603 1951 4.05 482

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014

1903 9256 10 926

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015

368 1760 10 176

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023

1069 5244 10 524

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021

2349 11438 10 1144

Kunpad 581 2788 5.25 531

Manjusar 1024 5001 14.06 356

Pilol 646 3242 6.03 538

Amarapura 454 2071 5.58 371

Fulwadi 42 257 1.17 220

Dajipura 63 275 1.18 233

Sursi 124 647 3.82 169

Ganpatpura 304 1466 7.98 184

Total 33,223 1,63,219 214.96 29,570



SEX RATIO

The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is in range of 823 - 1068 with lowest

in Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) and highest in Dajipura village. The Sex ratio i.e. the

number of females per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspect in relation

to female births, infant mortality among female children. Details of the same are tabulated

in Table 3-35.

Table 3-35: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area

Zone of Study Male

Population Female

Population Total

Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

Ankodiya 2406 2202 4608 915

Dhanora 2099 1907 4006 909

Khanpur 799 667 1466 835

Sherkhi 4874 4590 9464 942

Mahapura 806 795 1601 986

Anagadh 7650 7130 14780 932

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 2492 2248 4740 902

Padmala 2851 2595 5446 910

Rayaka 1026 955 1981 931

Sankarda 3908 3552 7460 909

Vasna-Kotariya 2129 1845 3974 867

Sokhda 6546 6064 12610 926

Kotna 1462 1440 2902 985

Virod 1289 1172 2461 909

Dena 1350 1215 2565 900

Sukhlipur 477 465 942 975

Kotali 672 597 1269 888

GSFC Complex (INA) 1165 1077 2242 924

Nandesari (INA) 2007 1672 3679 833

Nandesari (CT) 4373 3917 8290 896

Bajwa (CT) 5093 4518 9611 887

Ranoli (CT) 6275 5451 11726 869

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA)

1070 881 1951 823

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014

4941 4315 9256 873

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015

927 833 1760 899

Dumad (OG) Ward No. 2687 2557 5244 952



Zone of Study Male

Population Female

Population Total

Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

NO.-0023

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021

5955 5483 11438 921

Kunpad 1442 1346 2788 933

Manjusar 2582 2419 5001 937

Pilol 1654 1588 3242 960

Amarapura 1092 979 2071 897

Fulwadi 134 123 257 918

Dajipura 133 142 275 1068

Sursi 326 321 647 985

Ganpatpura 778 688 1466 884

Total 85,470 77,749 1,63,219 -

LITERACY RATE

The literacy level of the study area is summarized in Table 3-36 and graphically presented in

Figure 3-7.

Table 3-36: Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area

Zone of Study Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Ankodiya 1998 1655 3653 83.04 75.16 79.28

Dhanora 1735 1426 3161 82.66 74.78 78.91

Khanpur 651 531 1182 81.48 79.61 80.63

Sherkhi 3893 3104 6997 79.87 67.63 73.93

Mahapura 652 543 1195 80.89 68.30 74.64

Anagadh 5968 4413 10381 78.01 61.89 70.24

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 1996 1509 3505 80.10 67.13 73.95

Padmala 2381 2028 4409 83.51 78.15 80.96

Rayaka 790 564 1354 77.00 59.06 68.35

Sankarda 3170 2411 5581 81.12 67.88 74.81

Vasna-Kotariya 1783 1353 3136 83.75 73.33 78.91

Sokhda 5475 4557 10032 83.64 75.15 79.56

Kotna 1212 1111 2323 82.90 77.15 80.05

Virod 1087 897 1984 84.33 76.54 80.62

Dena 1066 864 1930 78.96 71.11 75.24

Sukhlipur 405 381 786 84.91 81.94 83.44



Zone of Study Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Kotali 570 502 1072 84.82 84.09 84.48

GSFC Complex (INA) 1029 906 1935 88.33 84.12 86.31

Nandesari (INA) 1658 1195 2853 82.61 71.47 77.55

Nandesari (CT) 3610 2710 6320 82.55 69.19 76.24

Bajwa (CT) 3962 2880 6842 77.79 63.75 71.19

Ranoli (CT) 5119 4064 9183 81.58 74.56 78.31

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) 992 791 1783 92.71 89.78 91.39

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014 4148 3216 7364 83.95 74.53 79.56

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015 676 502 1178 72.92 60.26 66.93

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023 2121 1814 3935 78.94 70.94 75.04

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021 4777 3735 8512 80.22 68.12 74.42

Kunpad 1103 781 1884 76.49 58.02 67.58

Manjusar 1911 1455 3366 74.01 60.15 67.31

Pilol 1388 1124 2512 83.92 70.78 77.48

Amarapura 801 556 1357 73.35 56.79 65.52

Fulwadi 60 46 106 44.78 37.40 41.25

Dajipura 76 50 126 57.14 35.21 45.82

Sursi 49 38 87 15.03 11.84 13.45

Ganpatpura 633 447 1080 81.36 64.97 73.67

Total 68,945 54,159 1,23,104 - - -

Figure 3-7:Graph of Literacy Rate

Among all the villages of study area Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) is having high literacy

rate i.e. 91.39 %. There is not much difference between female literacy rate and male

0102030405060708090

100

An

kod

iya

Dh

anora

Kh

anpu

rS

her

kh

iM

ahap

ura

An

agad

hF

ajal

pu

r (S

ank

arda)

Pad

mal

aR

ayak

aS

ank

ard

aV

asna-

Ko

tari

ya

So

khd

aK

otn

aV

iro

dD

ena

Su

khli

pu

rK

ota

liG

SF

C C

om

ple

x…

Nan

des

ari

(IN

A)

Nan

des

ari

(CT

)B

ajw

a (C

T)

Ran

oli

(C

T)

Pet

ro-C

hem

ical

…

Ku

npad

Man

jusa

rP

ilol

Am

arap

ura

Fu

lwad

iD

ajip

ura

Su

rsi

Gan

pat

pu

ra

% L

iter

acy

Villages

Literacy (%) Male Literacy (%) Female Literacy (%) Total



literacy rate in the study region. Female literacy rate is an important indicator for social

change.

Economic Aspects

Economic aspects of the study area include the economic structure of the people of the

surrounding area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be

improved with time, because it consists large industrial estate and hence there are more

employment opportunities.

According to working status, whole population of the study area is divided into,

Marginal workers

Non workers

Main workers

Census department has defined 10 categories of workers in Main workers. It consists of

cultivators, agricultural, labourer those engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, mining and

quarrying, manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industries and other services.

Workers engaged in the work for a period less than 6 month during the reference year falls

under marginal workers. Workers engaged in unpaid household duties e.g. students, retired

person, dependents etc. falls under non-workers. Detail of occupational structure is shown

in Table 3-37 & Figure 3-8.

Table 3-37: Details of Occupational Structure

Zone of Study Non-Workers

(%)

Total Workers

Main Workers (%)

Marginal Workers (%)

Ankodiya 62.33 36.52 1.15

Dhanora 68.42 28.26 3.32

Khanpur 62.07 35.33 2.59

Sherkhi 64.48 31.07 4.46

Mahapura 58.90 37.73 3.37

Anagadh 65.85 28.44 5.71

Fajalpur (Sankarda) 59.05 28.12 12.83

Padmala 63.66 30.08 6.26

Rayaka 68.70 27.76 3.53

Sankarda 57.40 34.28 8.32

Vasna-Kotariya 65.55 32.26 2.19

Sokhda 61.02 33.54 5.43

Kotna 68.68 18.54 12.78

Virod 55.91 35.64 8.45



Zone of Study Non-Workers

(%)

Total Workers

Main Workers (%)

Marginal Workers (%)

Dena 66.00 32.20 1.79

Sukhlipur 64.76 24.42 10.83

Kotali 65.01 19.39 15.60

GSFC Complex (INA) 67.84 31.76 0.40

Nandesari (INA) 67.16 30.96 1.88

Nandesari (CT) 61.40 30.40 8.20

Bajwa (CT) 67.35 31.01 1.64

Ranoli (CT) 65.74 30.77 3.49

Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) 62.43 35.83 1.74

Karodiya (OG) Ward No. NO.-0014 63.94 29.78 6.29

Harni (OG) Ward No. NO.-0015 69.55 23.86 6.59

Dumad (OG) Ward No. NO.-0023 64.30 34.25 1.45

Dasharath (OG) Ward No. NO.-0021 66.03 30.35 3.62

Kunpad 58.39 27.26 14.35

Manjusar 63.19 29.69 7.12

Pilol 66.10 33.65 0.25

Amarapura 46.45 36.65 16.90

Fulwadi 40.86 26.85 32.30

Dajipura 33.82 31.64 34.55

Sursi 46.37 31.68 21.95

Ganpatpura 54.91 19.71 25.38

Figure 3-8: Occupational Structure of Study Area

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Ank

odiy

a

Dhan

ora

Khan

pur

Sher

kh

i

Mah

apura

Anag

adh

Faj

alpu

r (S

ankar

da)

Pad

mal

a

Ray

aka

San

kar

da

Vas

na-

Kota

riya

Sok

hda

Kotn

a

Vir

od

Den

a

Suk

hli

pu

r

Kota

li

GS

FC

Com

ple

x…

Nan

des

ari

(IN

A)

Nan

des

ari

(CT

)

Baj

wa

(CT

)

Ran

oli

(C

T)

Pet

ro-C

hem

ical

…

Kun

pad

Man

jusa

r

Pil

ol

Am

arap

ura

Fulw

adi

Daj

ipura

Surs

i

Gan

pat

pura%

of

Work

ers

Villages

Non Workers (%)



Amarapura village has significant employment i.e. 36.65% as main workers, while the lowest

employment as main workers in Kotna village i.e. 18.54 %. Almost all the villages have more

than 50 % people as non-workers. Rapid industrialization in the last two decades has

resulted in significant changes in the occupational profile of the local people. There is an

overall trend among the youth to opt for employment in service sector and move away from

traditional occupation.

Infrastructures Resource base

Village-wise status of infrastructural facilities available in the study area with respect to

education, medical facility, sanitation, water supply, communication and transportation

facility and power supply, banking facilities etc. are presented in Table 3-38 to Table 3-46

Education

As per 2011 village directory record, almost all villages having education facility in the form

of primary schools, and middle schooll are as follows.

Table 3-38:Education Facilities

Private Pre - Primary School

(Nursery/LKG/UKG)

Govt Prima

ry School

Private

Primary

School

Govt Seconda

ry School

Private Seconda

ry School

Govt Senior

Secondary

School

Private Senior

Secondary

School

Private Engineeri

ng College

1 30 2 2 1 3 1 1

Medical/Primary Health Care

Medical facilities in terms of community health workers are available in some of the villages.

Primary health centre and primary health sub centers are available in few villages.

Table 3-39: Medical/Primary Health Care Facilities

Primary Health Centre

Primary Health

Sub Centre

Maternity And Child Welfare Centre

TB Clinic

Hospital Allopathic

Dispensary Veterinary

Hospital

Family Welfare Centre

2 13 1 1 2 2 1 1

Drinking Water

The water supply in the region is through dug wells, hand pumps, taps and other allied

sources

Table 3-40: Drinking Water Facilities

Tap Covere Uncovere Hand Tube River/Cana Tank/Pond/Lak



Water Untreate

d

d Well d Well Pump

Wells/Borehole

l e

24 3 5 23 22 7 15

Drainage and Sanitation Facilities

Drainage and sanitation facilities were not adequate in the study area. Mostly Open

drainage, and open kuccha drainage observed in the village.

Table 3-41: Drainage and Sanitation Facilities

Closed Drainage Open Drainage No Drainage Open Kuccha Drainage

17 5 3 3

Communication

Communication facility is fairly good in this region. Near about 50% villages having

telephone connectivity and having post office.

Table 3-42: Communication Facilities

Post Office Sub Post Office Telephone Public Call Office

1 15 14 10

Transportation

A well planned and efficient network of transport is an essential component for a

developing country. In the absence of efficient network of transport, a State’s economy

would suffer from major grid lock in terms of overall growth potential of that area. In village

public bus facility was availed and other facilities were private bus.

Table 3-43:Transportation Facilities

Public Bus Service

Private Bus Service

Railway Station

Auto/Modified Autos Taxi Vans

24 6 1 6 2 4

Road Approach

Roads are the basic means of communication for the development of any economy. All type

of roads were present in the study area.

Table 3-44: Road Approach Facilities

Black Topped (pucca)

Gravel (kuchha)

Roads

Water Bounded Macadam

All Weather

Road

Navigable Waterways

(River/Canal)

Footpath



Road

23 18 4 23 1 25

Bank Facilities

Banking and credit society facility was found in village. Self help group activities were

performed by the women groups.

Table 3-45: Bank Facilities

Commercial Bank Cooperative Bank Agricultural Credit Societies

Self - Help Group (SHG)

14 1 6 24

Power Supply

Almost all villages are electrified in the region and electricity is available for both domestic

and agriculture.

Table 3-46: Power Supply Facilities

Power Supply For Domestic Use

Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

25 25 25 25

Summary of Socio Economic Data

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all

villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On

the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote

education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 %

people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by

providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so

that maximum number of employment can be generated.

Summary of Baselines Data:

Summary of Baseline data is provided in Table 3-47

Table 3-47: Summary of Baseline Results

Sr. No. Parameters Baseline Status

1. Ambient Air Quality

i. PM10 62.7- 86.2 µg/m3

ii. PM2.5 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3




iii. SO2 8.5 – 16.8 µg/m3

iv. NOx 13.7-20.8 µg/m3

Based on comparison study of results with NAAQS for tested parameters, it is interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is good as all the results of tested parameters

are well within the limit.

2. Noise Level Monitoring

i. Day Time (06:00 AM to 10:00 PM) 45.1 – 82.7 dB (A)

ii. Night Time (10:00 PM to 06:00 AM) 39.2 – 77.3 dB(A)

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need

to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

3. Soil Quality and Characteristics

i. pH 7.42-8.22

ii. Organic Carbon 0.82-1.1 %

iii. Total Nitrogen 0.070-0.095 %

iv. Total Phosphorous 4.12 – 27.2 mg/100g

v. Exchangeable Calcium 12.1 – 20.2 mg/100g

vi. Exchangeable Magnesium 9.4- 18.6 mg/100g

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the project site is saline (EC>0.8 dS/m), which requires application of liberal quantity of organic manures and provision of drainage.

The soils are high in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium to high in available potassium. The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful

greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure (50 tons/ha) and double the quantity of recommended doses of P fertilizer should be applied. The nitrogen and

potassium are adequate; hence 20 % less than the recommended dose for green belt should be applied. The soil at the project site should be periodically monitored for EC, pH and ESP

as well as OC (organic carbon), available P and K status.

4. Ground Water

i. pH 6.72-8.15

ii. TDS 574-1208 mg/L

iii. Total Hardness 258-732 mg/L

iv. Total Alkalinity 252-440 mg/L

v. Chloride 155-274 mg/L

vi. Total Coliform Absent

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water qualities of studied locations meet with the drinking water standards except Bajwa and Dashrath Village.Total Hardness value for Bajwa and Dashrath village was found 640

mg/L and 732 mg/L which is more than the value given as permissible limit. Iron content has also been found higher side in these two villages Bajwa and Dashrath. This indicates that




water quality for Bajwa and Dashrath village is not fit for drinking purpose. Quality of water for the samples taken from other villages can be considered good and these water sources

can be used in drinking purposes in absence of alternate source as all the results are not within the desirable limit as per drinking water norms IS 10500; 2012. Rainwater harvesting

and ground water recharging may be helpful to improve the quality of water.

5. Surface Water

i. pH 6.81-8.08

ii. TDS 358-1112 mg/L

iii. TSS 10-14 mg/L

iv. DO 4.6 -5.0 mg/L

v. COD 12-18 mg/L

vi. BOD <4-8 mg/L

Based on test result data comparison study, it is interpreted that Surface water quality do not meet with drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. Results of COD, BOD and Iron

have been found more than expected value which indicates that water has been contaminated with organic matter. This organic contamination may be due to animal bath

and death and decay of plants leaves. This water should not be directly used in drinking purpose but it can be used in drinking after conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

This water can be used in irrigation and other domestic purposes.

6. Ecology and Biodiversity

The study area covers largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively. The manmade habitat for fauna like Sayaji Baugh (Garden) and domesticated trees along the road, houses

and some degraded forest in the study area are also observed. Peafowl (bird), flap shell Indian turtle and crocodile (reptile) are protected under Schedule- I as per Wildlife

(Protection) Act 1972 in which peafowl is very common and turtle is restricted to Sursagar Lake located at heart of the city while crocodile is restricted to Vishwamitri River as these are the niche for the turtle and crocodile. Avifauna is common as in almost area have the

domesticated trees and sparse vegetation. No national park or wild life sanctuary is located in 10 km radius from the projects. The schedule –I specie has to be protected and not to be

disturbed at all as per the provision of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972, however no impact envisaged on these species due to expansion of Nylon-6 Plant in the GSFC complex

as the site is located in Notified GIDC Area...

7. Socio Economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 13.45% to 91.39%. On

the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 %

people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so

that maximum number of employment can be generated.



CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

This chapter comprises the information regarding the identified beneficially or adversely

environmental impacts due to possible aspects predicted because of location of the plant,

expected / predicted accidents scenario, conceptualization of project, preconstruction &

construction activities and due to operation of machineries/equipment/reactors.

Environmental aspect-impact relationship will be identified and quantified with its scale of

magnitude and scale of importance, accordingly significance of impact will be determined

along with mitigation measures

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

The impact assessment essentially consists of three steps:

1. Impact Identification

2. Impact Predictions

3. Impact Analysis for determination of significance of impacts

Here, impact assessment has been done based on Leopold Matrix in which each aspect and

its potential in creating impact is expressed in terms of its magnitude and importance. For

quantitative representation, both magnitude & importance are represented by values as

described below:

Purpose of Impact Assessment:

Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause

environmental impacts).

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental

aspects can cause an environmental impact.

Making reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact

creation.

Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key

impacting activities on each component.

Scale of Importance: Importance of an interaction is related to its significance, or an

assessment of probable consequences of anticipated impact. It ranges from 1 to 9; with 9

representing a very important interaction and 1 of relatively low.



Scale of Magnitude: Impact score or magnitude ranges from 0-5 with positive and negative

values, depending upon the impact rising out of the project activity. Refer Table 4-1.

Table 4-1: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts

Sr. No

Category Description of category Impact

Adverse Beneficial

1 No impact - 0 0

2 No appreciable

impact Short term reversible -1 1

3 Significant impact Long term reversible -2 2

4 Major impact Irreversible but of lesser extent -3 3

5 High impact Irreversible but of medium

extent -4 4

6 Permanent impact Severe irreversible impact -5 5

Score of each of the component is multiplied by ‘’Importance factor” and total score is

obtained by summation of both. Score ranges of impact evaluation based on matrix score is

given in Table 4-2

Table 4-2: Score ranges for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts

Sr. No

Total score Outcome

A +ve / -ve Beneficial impact / adverse impact

1 0-300 No appreciable Beneficial impact / adverse impact

2 300-600 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are

needed

3 600-900 Significant adverse impacts: most of the impacts are reversible.

Mitigation measures are crucial.

4 900-1200 Major adverse impacts; most of the impacts are reversible.

Alternative site selection to be considered.

5 >1200 Permanent irreversible impact; alternatives to the project need to be

explored

Significance:

The mitigation measures are suggested based on the criteria of significance / consequence

as per the Table 4-3 for individual Valued Environmental Components (VECs) in following

sections.

Table 4-3: Criteria of Significance / Consequence

Score Significance/Consequence

-/+ 1 to -/+ 9 Low



-/+ 10 to -/+ 30 Medium

-/+31 to -/+ 45 High

4.2 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT

Assessment of Significance of Impacts

Assessment of aspect and impact from the proposed activity is described in Table 4-4



Table 4-4: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project

S No Project

Activity

N/

AN

/E s

itu

atio

ns

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude

(+ve) or

(-ve)

Air Water Waste Water Land Resource Depletion

SHW Ecology &

Biodiversity Social

Health &

Safety Total Remarks

AP/

AQ NV SW GW

Effluent/

Sewage LU/ LC Soil RD HW C&D SW Ter. Aqu. Infra.

Economic / Employment

Scale of Importance 2 4 5 4 6 0 0 2 4 4 3 2 2 5 9 5 57

1 Project Pre- Construction/ Construction

1.1 Excavation and paving of site

N Generation of debris 1,2,3,4,5

-1 -1

N Dust generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

AN Fall in pit, land sliding

from sidewalls 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

1.2 Fabrication work for erecting plant

equipment and preventive maintenance work

N Generation of Scraps 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -3

N Noise generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

1.3 Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and waste

N Increase in traffic load 1,2,3,4,5 -1

-1

N

Fugitive dust emission due to vehicle

movement & Emission of PM, HC, NOx & CO

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

N Noise generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

1.4 Manpower requirement during

Construction/fabrication/modification phase

N Employment generation 1,2,3,4,5 3 3 Positive Impact

N Sewage generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -1 -3

2 Project Commissioning/ Operation

2.1 Manufacturing Process N Waste Water Generation from process & Washing

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -3 -5

3 General & Utilities 0

3.1 Handling of products and Raw

material N

Spillage and Leakage of materials

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2 -1 -5

Operation of Cooling tower N

Generation of waste water from

Cooling/steam 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2 -4

3.2 Operation of Pumps & Compressors N Generation of Noise 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -3

3.3 Operation of ETP N Generation of waste

water 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -3 -5



S No Project

Activity

N/

AN

/E s

itu

atio

ns

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude

(+ve) or

(-ve)

Air Water Waste Water Land Resource Depletion

SHW Ecology &

Biodiversity Social

Health &

Safety Total Remarks

AP/

AQ NV SW GW

Effluent/

Sewage LU/ LC Soil RD HW C&D SW Ter. Aqu. Infra.

Economic / Employment

Scale of Importance 2 4 5 4 6 0 0 2 4 4 3 2 2 5 9 5 57

3.4 Manpower requirement during

operation phase

N Employment Generation 1,2,3,4,5 5 5 Positive Impact

N Sewage generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -2 -3


transportation of raw materials, finished goods

N Increase in traffic load 1,2,3,4,5

-3 -3

N Emission of PM, CO, NOx

& HC 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -1 -2 -6

N Noise generation 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

3.6 Raw water intake for Plant Operation

and Domestic Uses N Consumption of water 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -5

3.7 Storm water management AN Mixing of process drains

with rainwater 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -2 -2 -9

3.8 Equipment maintenance

N Generation of used oil 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

AN Noise generation from

rotating parts 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -3

AN Possible Electrical Shock

& Burns 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

Total of Individual VEC's -5 -9 -14 -2 -11 0 0 -2 -3 -3 -4 -3 -2 -4 8 -14 -65

TOTAL -10 -36 -70 -8 -66 0 0 -4 -12 -12 -12 -6 -4 -20 72 -65 -245

Interpretation: The final score is -245 which concludes “Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are needed”.

Mitigation measures for the impacts on individual VEC are discussed in detail in next section.



4.2.1 Air Environment

Potential impacts on Air Environment /Nearby Ambient Air Quality are tabulated in Table

4-5.

Table 4-5: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment

Sr. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect & Impact

Scale of Magnitude(+ve) & (-ve)

Air

Total Score

Significance

/ Consequenc

e

Mitigation Measures AP

Scale of Importance 2


1.1 Excavation and paving

of site

Respiratory disorders due to generation

of dust

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -2 Low

Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid dust generation

1.2

Vehicular movement

for transportati

on of construction material

Impact on health due to fugitive dust

emission from movement of

vehicles & Emission of HC, CO, NOx

& PM

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -2 Low

Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting construction materials.

Use of only PUC certified vehicles to avoid the emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM

2 General & Utilities

2.3

Vehicular movement

for transportati

on of raw materials &finished

goods

Impact on air quality due to

emission of HC, CO, NOx

& PM

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -6 Low


Use of only PUC certified vehicles to avoid the emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM



Construction Phase

Impacts:

Dust emission due to excavation, paving of site and fabrication work.

Emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM due to vehicular movement transportation of

construction material.

Dust generation during material handling of construction work.

Mitigation Measures:

Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid dust generation.

Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials and

waste at project site.

Dust generation will be reduced by maintaining the speed limit of vehicle

transporting construction materials.

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Generation of fugitive emission due to vehicle movement for transportation of raw

materials and finished goods.

Emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM due to vehicular movement transportation


Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials at project

site.

Dust generation will be reduced by maintaining the speed limit of vehicle

transporting raw materials & finished goods.

There will be no process or flue gas emission from the proposed project, hence there will be

negligible impact on Air Environment.

Incremental Traffic

From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis 6 vehicles per day carrying raw

material, finished goods shall be using NH-48 or roads connecting to NH-48. Traffic Study for

incremental traffic is provided in Table 4-6

Table 4-6: Incremental Traffic Study Report

Sr.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day


Total No. of Vehicle in

PCU


(PCU)/Hour



Sr.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day


Total No. of Vehicle in

PCU


(PCU)/Hour

1 Cars 20450 1 20450 852.08

2 Buses 1128 3 3384 141.00

3 Trucks 1848 3 5544 231.00

4 Two wheelers 15424 0.5 7712 321.33

5 Three wheelers 2545 0.75 1908.75 79.53

Total 41395 38998.75 1624.9

Table 4-7: Existing Traffic Scenario with Respect to LOS

Road V (Volume in

PCU/hr) C (Capacity in

PCU/hr) Existing V/C

Ratio LOS

NH 48 1624.9 3000 0.54 C

Table 4-8: LOS Criteria

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

The existing LOS value of the NH-48 is “C”, after expansion also the LOS value remains same,

the incremental traffic is negligible and will have no impact on existing NH-48 as the

capacity of road is sufficient to take increasing load.

Air Quality Modeling (Line Source Modeling)

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model

Improvement Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modeling

concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through AERMIC, a modeling system, AERMOD,

was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer

turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated

sources, and both simple and complex terrain.

Meteorological Parameters

Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for March-May, 2018. The hourly

meteorological data considered during this period were:

Wind speed;

Wind Direction;



Ambient atmospheric temperature;

Cloud cover;

Relative Humidity.

Source of Emission

Vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials, finished goods and Industrial

Waste considered for line source modelling.

The air emission details along with emission rate of Pollutants are given in Table 4-9



Table 4-9: Detail of Vehicular Emission- Line Source

Vehicle

Type

No. of

Vehicles

Time for Vehicul

ar movem

ent, Hr.

Width of

Road,

m

Length of Road,

Km

Capacity of

Truck,

HP*

Weight of

Truck,

Tons

Speed of

Vehicle,

Km/Hr.

PM

Emission

Factor,

gm/kwhr

PM

Emitted

(gm/sec)

PM

Emission,

g/s.m2

CO

Emission

Factor,

gm/Kmhr

CO Emissi

on,

g/s.m2

HC Emissi

on

Factor,

gm/Kmhr

HC

Emission,

g/s.m2

NOx

Emission

Factor,

gm/Kmhr

NOx

Emission,

g/s.m2

Truck 6 8 3 5 110 20 30 0.1 8.2 2.428E

-08 2.1

3.2E-07

1.6 2.4E-

07 5

1.85E-09

Assumptions

The Line source modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for PM, CO, NOx & HC was calculated based on the CPCB emission norms for heavy Diesel vehicles (BS-III).

The terrain of the study area was considered as flat.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect reflector of plume and

physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

Isopleths & Results

The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s of PM, CO, HC & NOx due to vehicular movement (line source) is summarized in Table 4-10

Table 4-10: Summary of Line Source Modeling

Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3) Distance (m) Direction

PM 0.0074 600 ENE



Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3) Distance (m) Direction

CO 0.024 600 ENE

HC 0.497 600 ENE

NOx 0.0006 600 ENE

The 1st highest 24-hr average incremental concentration values for PM, CO, NOx & HC is given as Annexure 13 and Isopleths of the same are given

below:



Note:0.0003 to 0.0074 µg/m3

Figure 4-1: Isopleth for PM from Vehicular Movement-Line Source



Note:0.001 to 0.024 µg/m3

Figure 4-2: Isopleth for CO from Vehicular Movement-Line Source



Note:0.020 to 0.497 µg/m3

Figure 4-3: Isopleth for HC from Vehicular Movement-Line Source



Note:0.0001 to 0.0006 µg/m3

Figure 4-4: Isopleth for NOx Vehicular Movement-Line Source



Prediction of Incremental GLC of Pollutants on Air Environment

Results

The incremental increase in GLC of PM & NOx is presented in Table 4-11. The NAAQS is

given as an Annexure 14.

Table 4-11: Total Predictive GLC

Sr.No.

Name of Village/ Industry

(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Max.

Baseline Concentration

(µg/m3)

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC

(µg/m3)

NAAQS1 Concentration Limit for PM,

NOx (µg/m3), & CO (mg/m3)

1

Project site,

[- Km, - direction]

PM 85.4 0.0015 85.402 100

NOx 20.8 0.0001 20.800 80

2

At Bajwa

[1.4 Km, W direction]

PM 82.3 0.0008 82.301 100

NOx 18.2 0.0001 18.200

80

3

At Dashrath

[ 2.1 Km, N direction]

PM 81.6 0.0001 81.600 100

NOx 18.6 0.00 18.600 80

4

At Ranoli

[3.8 Km, NNW

direction]

PM 81.4 0.000 81.400 100

NOx 20.3 0.00 20.300

80

5

At Sama

[ 5.4 Km, SE direction]

PM 80.1 0.0001 80.100 100

NOx 18.2 0.00 18.200 80

6

At Laxmipura

[4.9 Km, SSW

direction]

PM 80.6 0.0003 80.600 100

NOx 18.4 0.00

18.400

80

7 At Asoj PM 86.2 0.000 86.200 100

1 http://cpcb.nic.in/air-quality-standard/

http://cpcb.nic.in/air-quality-standard/



Sr.No.

Name of Village/ Industry

(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Max.

Baseline Concentration

(µg/m3)

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC

(µg/m3)

NAAQS1 Concentration Limit for PM,

NOx (µg/m3), & CO (mg/m3)

[6.2 Km, NE direction]

NOx 20.0 0.00 20.000

80

8

At Nandesari

[8.4 Km, NW direction]

PM 80.6 0.000 80.600 100

NOx 19.8 0.00 19.800 80

Conclusion

The concentration limit for PM and NOx in the ambient air, as specified by CPCB is

100 µg/m3 & 80 µg/m3 respectively, Hence, the predicted impact level due to the

proposed project is within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the ambient air quality.

Consequently, ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause

an effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational

sites

The impact due to increase in number of vehicles and its Mitigation measures are detailed in

Table 4-12

Table 4-12: Traffic Management

Identified Aspect

Impacts Significance of Impacts

Mitigation Measures

Increase in Traffic load

due to expansion

Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic.

Emission of pollutants like PM, HC, NOx & CO.

Noise generation from vehicular movement.

Spillage or leak of materials during transportation

Medium

Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials at project site.

Dust generation will be reduced by maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting raw materials & finished goods

Materials will be covered/ closed to avoid leakage or spillage.



4.2.2 Noise Environment

Operational controls and mitigation measures are provided against noise generating

activities in Table 4-13.

Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment

S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect& Impacts

Scale of Magnitude(+v

e) & (-ve)

Air

Total Score

Significance

/ Consequenc

e

Mitigation Measured NV



1.1

Fabrication work for erecting

major plant equipment

and preventive

maintenance work

Noise generatio

n 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -4 Low

Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment’s will be used.

Ear plugs will be provided / and use ensured

Ear plugs will be provided / and use ensured

1.2

Vehicular movement for transportatio

n of construction

material

Noise generatio

n 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -4 Low

Well maintained vehicles and properly designed equipment will be used

Unnecessary horn honking will be avoided and strictly prevented


2.1 Operation of

Pumps & Compressors

Generation of Noise

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -12 Mediu

m

Anti-vibration pads and adequate walled room will be provided to compressors for noise absorption

Ensure use of PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs by



S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect& Impacts

Scale of Magnitude(+v

e) & (-ve)

Air

Total Score

Significance

/ Consequenc

e

Mitigation Measured NV


workers during working around it

2.2

Vehicular movement for transportatio

n of raw materials &

finished goods

Noise generatio

n 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -8 Low

Well maintained vehicles and properly designed equipment will be used.

Unnecessary horn honking will be avoided and strictly prevented

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Noise generation due to construction activities, fabrication work, operation of plant

machineries.

Impact on environment due to vehicle movement for transportation of materials.


Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment’s will be use. Provision of ear

muffs and ear plugs to prevent noise exposure risk to labourers working on site.

Avoid high noise generating activity during night-time and their frequency to be

minimized to avoid continuous noise exposure.

Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials and

equipment’s at project site.

Unnecessary horn honking will be avoided and strictly prevented.

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Noise generation form operation of Pumps & Compressors.

Noise generation from Vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials, &

finished goods.




Anti-vibration pads and adequate walled room will be provided to compressors for

noise absorption

Ensure use of PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs by workers during working around it

PUC Certified vehicles will be used.

Regular maintenance & lubrication of utilities, equipment and vehicles will be carried

out.

Adequate protective measures in the form of ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to

the workers working in high noise areas.

Well maintained vehicles and properly designed equipment will be used.

4.2.3 Water Environment

A number of sources from proposed project can cause potential impacts on water

environment which includes groundwater, surface water and effluent generation as

discussed below:

Based on the identified project activities impact on water environment is accessed. Scoring

of the same is done and mitigation measures are prepared based on these scores which are

given in Table 4-14.

Table 4-14: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment

Sr. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude(+ve) & (-

ve)

Water Waste Water Tot

al Scor

e

Significance

/ Consequenc

e

Mitigation Measures SW GW

Effluent/

Sewage

Scale of Importance 6 4 8


1.1

Influx of workers during

construction phase

Sewage generation can cause impact on

surface water body if

discharged directly outside

1,2,3,4,5

-1 - -1 -11 Medium

Sewage will be disposed

off into existing soak

pit as per existing practise

2 Commissioning/



Sr. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


ve)


al Scor

e

Significance

/ Consequenc

e


Effluent/

Sewage


Project Operation

2.1 Manufact

uring Process

Waste water

generation from

manufacturing

process& Washing

causing impact on

water quality if

discharged outside without

treatment

1,2,3,4,5

-2 - -3 -28 Medium

Waste water will be

treated into ETP-I and

treated water will be sent to VECL for

final disposal.


3.1 Operation of Cooling

tower

Generation of waste

water from

Cooling Blow Down

1,2,3,4,5

-2 - -2 -22 Medium

Waste water from Cooling tower blow

down will be directly sent to VECL for

final disposal

3.2 Operation

of ETP

Generation of

treated water from

operation of ETP

1,2,3,4,5

-2 - -3 -28 Mediu

m

Treated waste water will be sent to VECL for

final disposal after

treatment

3.3

Manpower

requirement during operation

phase

Sewage generation from influx of workers can cause impact on

1,2,3,4,5

-1 - -2 -17 Mediu

m

Sewage will be disposed off into soak pit of Nylon 6



Sr. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


ve)


al Scor

e

Significance

/ Consequenc

e


Effluent/

Sewage


surface water

body or ground water if

discharged directly outside

3.4

Raw water

intake for Plant

Operation and

Domestic Uses

Consumption of

water for process

and domestic

uses leading to depletion

of raw water

1,2,3,4,5

-3 - - -15 Medium

Reuse of waste water

and RWH practices to reduce fresh

water consumption. Check water consumption through flow

meters.

3.5

Storm water

management

Mixing of plant drain

with rainwater

during rainfall causing

deterioration of water

quality of surroundin

g ponds/water bodies

1,2,3,4,5

-3 -2 - -23 Mediu

m

Separate drain for

storm water, Management

will be proposed to avoid run off contaminatio

n.

Proper Dyke wall will be provided around existing

Storage area to avoid mixing of

water with process area.



Construction Phase:

Impacts:

Sewage generation due to Influx of workers can cause impact on surface water body

or ground water if discharged directly outside.

Untreated sewage from construction area may have negative impact.

Mitigation Measures suggested:

Generated sewage is/ will be disposed of into soak pit

As this is expansion project hence existing sanitation facility will be utilized by

workers

Operational Phase

Impacts on Water quality & Environment due to:

Waste water generation from manufacturing process causing impact on water

quality if discharged outside without treatment.

Sewage generation from influx of workers can cause impact on surface water body

or ground water if discharged directly outside.

Consumption of water for process and domestic uses leading to depletion of raw

water.

Mixing of plant drain with rainwater during rainfall causing deterioration of water

quality of surrounding ponds/water bodies.

Mitigation Measures suggested:

Waste water will be treated into ETP-I and treated water will be sent to VECL for

further disposal.

Waste water from Cooling/steam water will be directly sent to VECL.

Generated sewage is/ will be disposed of into soak pit as per existing practice.

Separate drain for storm water management is already proposed to avoid run off

contamination.

4.2.4 Land Environment

There is no impact on Land or soil environment since the proposed project is within the

existing premises of GSFC complex and expansion will be on demarcated land developed for

industrial use.



4.2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Based on the identified project activities impact due to waste generation is accessed.

Scoring of the same is done and mitigation measures are prepared based on these scores

which are given in Table 4-15.

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude (+ve) & (-ve)

SHW Total Scor

e

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measures

HW

C&D

SW



1.1 Excavation and paving

of site

Generation of debris

1,2,3,4,5 0 0 -1 -3 Low

Debris will be disposed in low lying

areas.

1.2

Fabrication work for erecting

major plant equipment

and preventive

maintenance work


1,2,3,4,5 0 -3 0 -12 Medium Scraps will be given to

vendors

1.3

Manpower requiremen

t during Construction/fabrication/modification phase

Generation of

sewage

1,2,3,4,5 0 0 -1 -3 Low

Generated scraps will be handled as per rules and sold to authorized vendors


2.1 Equipment maintenanc

e

Generation of

used oil and

lubricant

1,2,3,4,5 -1 0 0 -4 Low

Will be given to

registered refiners



S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


SHW Total Scor

e

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measures

HW

C&D

SW


s

A number of sources in production of proposed product can cause generation of Solid and

Hazardous waste:

Construction Phase:

Impact:

Generation of scrap during construction activities.

Generation of sewage sludge from Influx of workers during construction phase

Mitigation measure:

Generated scraps will be handled as per rules and sold to authorized vendors

Operation Phase:

Impact:

Generation of used oil and lubricants from Equipment maintenance

Mitigation measure:

Solid/ Hazardous waste will be collected, stored, transported and disposed as per the

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

4.2.1 Health and Safety (RH)

A number of sources in production of proposed product can cause impact on Risk and

hazards.

Construction Phase:

Impact:

Chances of accident during transportation of material

Emission of HC and CO due to vehicular movement.

Generated noise during vehicular movement.

Mitigation Measure:



Well trained, licensed and certified motor vehicle driver is being/will be given job for

transportation.

All transportation within the main working will be carried out directly under the

supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least

once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the

management.

PPE‘s are being/will be provided to workers.

Operation Phase:

Impact:

Chances of accident to workers due to spillage, during handling.

Risk of fire within raw material storage area causing risk to workers.

Occupational health hazard due to handling of solid/ hazardous waste.

Emission of HC & CO during vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials

and finished goods causing respiratory disorders.

Mitigation Measure:

Standard operating procedure is in place and is being/will be strictly followed by

workers.

PPE‘s are being/will be provided to workers.

Preventive maintenance of mechanical equipment’s will be done periodically.

Safety training is being/will be provided to workers.

Industrial safety nets will be provided for workers to avoid fall hazard.

Transport vehicle is being/will be properly examined before transportation

4.2.2 Ecology & Biodiversity Environment

Operational controls and mitigation measures are provided against activities identified

having impacts on Ecology & Biodiversity Environment are given in Table 4-16.

Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity

S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


Ecology & Biodiversit

y Total Scor

e

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measures

Ter. Aqu

.

Scale of Importance 2 2


1. Vehicular Impact on 1,2,3,4,5 -1 0 -2 Low Periodic



S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect



y Total Scor

e

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measures

Ter. Aqu

.


1 movement for

transportation of raw materials

and finished goods

flora & fauna due to fugitive

dust emission

from movement of vehicles & Emission of PM, HC, NOx & CO

monitoring of Air environment will be carried out.

1.2

Storm water

management

Mixing of process

drains with rainwater

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2 -8 Low

There is no discharge of water on land. There is a separate effluent pipeline laid from Nylon 6 Plant to ETP-I to avoid mixing of storm water with effluent, same pipeline will be used for conveying proposed effluent to ETP-I.

The plant is closed and covered hence there is/will be no



S. No

.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect



y Total Scor

e

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measures

Ter. Aqu

.


chances of ingress of storm water to effluent pit.

A number of sources in production of proposed product can cause impact on Ecology and

Biodiversity.

Construction Phase:

Impact:

Impact on health due to fugitive dust emission from movement of vehicles &

Emission of HC, NOx, PM & CO.

Mitigation Measure:

Periodic monitoring of Air environment will be carried out.

Operation Phase:

Impact:

Emission of HC, NOx, PM & CO from vehicular emissions.

Mixing of process drains with rainwater

Mitigation Measure:

Preventive measures will be taken to avoid the contamination due to storm water

drains

There is/will be positive impact as GSFC already have well developed greenbelt within site

premises which supports lot of Flora & Fauna.

4.2.3 Socio Economic Environment

The proposed project will have positive impact on the Socio-Economic of the country &

region



Approximately 19 people will be employed by the proponent and opportunities will

be given to local people first.

The upcoming project will also lead to ancillary development around the project site

like small shops, tea stalls, vehicle repairers etc. which will create positive impact on

environment.

Project will generate revenue for the country.

Proponent has also allocated budget under the Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

for the improvement of village in study area. The issues identified during the Socio Survey in

baseline studies are listed in Table 4-17 and budget is allocated against each under five year

plan. CER Budget is detailed in CHAPTER-10.

Table 4-17: Issues identified Village wise

Village Issues identified

Dashrath, Karachiya

Dumad, Bajwa,

Undera

Health

Education

Infrastructure

Environment



CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 SITE SELECTION

The expansion is proposed within the existing factory premises and justification for the

same is given below:

This project is located in Notified Industrial Area declared under Gujarat Industrial

Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D Notification No. GHU-87-46-GID-

1686(i) 2338(GI) dated 31st August 1987.

Most of the infrastructure required road, electricity,

supply, storage sheds, parking’s area, utilities etc. are available

Availability of adequate land

Availability of raw material from existing plant

In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area (10 km) have also been

considered:

There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary.

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecologically sensitive areas.

Hence Alternative site is not considered.

5.2 TECHNOLOGY SELECTION

Existing: For exiting project following technology is used

1. EMS-INVENTA AG, Switzerland

2. TECHNIP-ZIMMER

Proposed:

Proposed compounding lines does not need any process license as the manufacturing

process involves mixing and blending of Nylon 6 chips to get compounded chips and recipe

is developed in-house and includes major equipment’s like extruder. No reaction is involved

in proposed manufacturing activity.

Advantage:

There will no emission and solid or hazardous waste generation from proposed




The efficiency of existing plant will be increased and plant will be operated on its full

capacity.

The stream days of production will be increased from 333 to 365.

Minor modifications will be done in existing plant to increase the production

capacity.

There will not be any generation of Hazardous waste like Oligomer from proposed

Nylon 6 manufacturing as the present process manufactures engineering grade

Nylon 6 Chips.

Unconverted Caprolactam and Oligomers from raw product is being washed out,

concentrated and being recycled in to the Polymerization Reactor, Oligomers are

cracked down in the reactor and by this way no oligomer byproduct will be

generated.

Hence alternative technology is not considered.



CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


In order to measure effectiveness of mitigation measures, technical aspects like

measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules,

emergency procedures& procurement schedules are covered in this chapter along with

detailed budget.


Detailed environmental monitoring program for air environment is given in Table 6-1



Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures

Implementation and Management

Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology Frequency

Location

Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Procurement Schedule

Remarks

Vehicular movement for transportation of material

and waste during

construction phase


Use of only PUC certified vehicles to avoid the emission of HC, NOx, PM & CO

Records number of

trucks/tanker entry/exit

Manual

Throughout constructio

n and operation

phase

Entry and exit

gates

Plant Manager

Safety Officer/Securit

y

--

During construction

and operation

phase

--


Detailed environmental monitoring program for noise environment is given in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2: Environment Monitoring Program for Noise Environment

Impacting Mitigation Implementation and Management



Activity Measures Data

Analysis

Measurement

Methodology

Frequency

Location

Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure Procurement Schedule

Remarks

Utilities

Operation of

Compressors, Pumps

Anti-vibration pads and adequate walled room will be provided to compressors for noise absorption

Ensure use of PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs by workers during working

Leq Levels

for Day and

night time

ISLM 100 Once in a quarter

Near Utility area

Plant manager

Shut down of equipments/machineri

es

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: includes cost

of anti-vibration

pads which is included in machinery

cost

Recurring Cost: includes

Monitoring cost of

regular Noise measuremen

ts & PPE’s included ine existing unit



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysi

s

Measurement

Methodology

Frequency

Location

Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure Procurement Schedule

Remarks

around it


Detailed environmental monitoring program for water environment is given in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Environment

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology Frequency Location

Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks


Manufacturing

Process

Waste water will be treated

into ETP

Inlet and outlet characteristics as per

consent condition and Methodology will be

Daily ETP area

Plant Incharge

EC Incharge

Plant load will be

lowered.

During operation

phase

Capital costs include minor modification

of existing ETP



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

and treated water will be sent to VECL for

final disposal.

followed as per IS method.

I like installation of

pumps Recurring

costs include electrical,

manpower chemical costs

and membership

with VECL which GSFC

already possess

Utilities

Operation of Cooling

tower

Waste water from

Cooling tower blow down will be directly

sent to VECL for

final disposal

Operation of ETP

Treated waste

water will be sent to VECL for

final



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

disposal after

treatment

Manpower

requirement during operation

phase

Sewage will be disposed

off into existing soak pit

Not required As and when

required Plant area Plant Manager --

During Construction/ operation

phase

Existing system will be

used

Raw water intake for operation of plant

and domestic

use

Reuse of waste water and RWH practices to reduce fresh water consumption.

Check water

Not required Daily At Intake

Point & plant Plant incharge --

During Operation

Phase

GSFC have well

developed existing RWH

system.

Flow meters will be

installed.



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

consumption through flow meters.

Storm water

management

There is no discharge of

water on land. There

is a separate effluent

pipeline laid from Nylon 6 Plant to ETP-I to

avoid mixing of

storm water with

effluent, same

pipeline will

Principal parameters and methodology will be

followed as per IS method

During Storm water

flowing outside

the premise of the factory

Final Storm Water

Discharge Points

Plant Incharge -- --

GSFC have well

developed existing storm

water drainage network



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

be used for conveying proposed

effluent to ETP-I.

The plant is closed and

covered hence there is/will be no chances of ingress of

storm water to effluent

pit.


There is no impact on Land or soil environment since the proposed project is within the existing premises of GSFC complex.


Detailed environmental monitoring program for Solid Waste, Construction Waste and Hazardous waste is given in Table 6-4.



Table 6-4: Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Impacting Activity

Mitigation

Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology

Frequency Location Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks



from fabrication

work for erecting

major plant

equipment and

preventive maintenan

ce work

Will be sold to scrap

vendors

Quantity of scraps

Approximation

Daily Near

Construction site

Plant Incharge --- During

Construction Phase

--


Generation of Used oil

from equipment maintenan

Will be given to

registered refiners

- Record of quantity

generated Monthly

Storage and utility

areas Plant incharge

Provision of Adequate

Storage area

During construction

and operation Phase

--



Impacting Activity

Mitigation

Measures


Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology


Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

ce

6.1.7 Traffic Monitoring

An efficient traffic management program will be developed to ensure smooth and congestion free traffic movement on nearby state highway and

from Plant. This plan will be as shown in Table 6-5.

Table 6-5: Traffic Monitoring Program

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis Measurement Methodology


Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

Increase in Traffic

load due to

expansion

Controlled vehicular movement (preferably with clearly demarcated entry/exit) with

Records number of

trucks/tanker entry/exit

Manual

Throughout construction

and operation

phase

Entry and exit

gates

Security In-charge

--

During construction

and operation

phase

--



Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis Measurement Methodology


Responsibility

Emergency Procedure


Remarks

adequate supervision



Above mentioned monitoring program can be summarized as tabulated in Table 6-6.

Table 6-6: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr.No.

Particulars Monitoring

Frequency

Duration of

Sampling

Important Monitoring

Parameters

1. Air Pollution

i. Selected 4 locations in and around plant site specified by GPCB

Online Monitoring

24 hr continuous

ly As per GPCB /

CPCB

ii. Stack gas analysis in all stacks.

Online & Manual

Monitoring Once in

Month/Quarter for Manual

As per GPCB / CPCB

ii. Fugitive dust sampling (if any) at work zone as per

CPCB or GPCB. Once in quarter

- PM

2. Water and Wastewater Quality

A. Water quality in the study area

Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters specified under

IS:10500 Water level studies in well

or bore wells of surrounding areas

Yearly Once Water levels and chemistry of water

3 Industrial Noise Levels

1. Major noise generating sources at plant site

Quarterly -

Noise level in dB(A)

2. Along Road for transportation noise

Quarterly - Noise level in dB(A) Ambient Noise Levels

4 Locations Half Yearly - Noise level in dB(A) 4. Soil Characteristics

Soil Selected 4 locations in core zone

Half Yearly One Grab sample

As per GPCB/Consent

order 5. Work

zone At plant site Yearly

Once in work place

Dust, Noise, etc.

6. Corporate

Environmental

In core and buffer zone in nearby villages

Half yearly

Once Activities done by Client



Sr.No.

Particulars Monitoring

Frequency

Duration of

Sampling

Important Monitoring

Parameters

Responsibility

7. Occupational

Health Surveillan

ce

At plant premises Half yearly

Once Employee Health Register

8. Greenbelt

Development

Number of plantation (Units), Number of

Survived Plants/ Trees, Number of Poor Plant/

Trees

Yearly Once Tress, survival rate, landscape area.

9. Ecological Change detection

Study area Decadal Every 10 years

Land cover, forest cover, vegetation,

human settlement, concrete, crop etc.

10. Environmental Audit

As per Directions of Honorary High Court,

Yearly Once As per GPCB

11. Consents and

Authorization

Consent to Operate under applicable acts

Renewing 90

days before expiry of validity

Once Before 90 days of expiry

12. Compliance of EC

Conditions

Submission of 6 monthly Compliance

Reports June and

December Twice in a

year As per EC conditions

Monitoring of the above parameters will carried out to assess the performance of pollution

control equipment’s installed to achieve the statutory norms. In case emissions/pollutant

will found to exceed the norms, the ‘on duty’ personnel will check the relevant parameters

and take appropriate corrective actions. A record of corrective and preventive action will be

maintained as per requirement.

Documentation and Records

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will

maintain following records:



Monthly and annual progress reports: Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as

per the planned schedule, report shall be prepared & necessary documents shall be

forwarded to the concerned person.

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment.

Instruction manual for monitoring of gaseous parameter & hazardous waste

management.

Records of medical check-up of employees.

Regularly all documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of

the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for

necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell.

Budgetary Provision for Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost

Project proponent has already allotted Capital and Recurring cost for the Environment

Monitoring and Management which is detailed in CHAPTER 10.



CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public hearing is not applicable for Expansion in Existing Plant Facility of Nylon 6 Chips Plant

by Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. as this project is located in Notified Industrial

Area declared under Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D

Notification No. GHU-87-46-GID-1086(i) 2338-G-I dated 21st August 1987. A letter regarding

location of GSFC complex in Notified Industrial Area attached as Annexure.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

GSFC is a complex have Fertilizer, Petrochemical and Synthetic Organic Plant. It has

effectively onsite emergency Action Plan to tackle the Emergency condition, it’s expansion

project of Nylon 6 Chips Plant from 24425 MTPA to 45245 MTPA of Nylon 6 Chips within the

existing plant located in GSFC complex, Fertilizernagar handle chemicals are like Nylon 6,

Solid/Liquid Additives, Pigments, Glass Fibre etc. More comprehensive, systematic and

sophisticated methods, such as, Hazard Analysis and Qualitative Risk Assessment have been

developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants, the same

has been discussed in detail under their respective headings. The Qualitative Risk

Assessment study in this report has specifically been conducted considering the Terms of

References (TORs) given by the State Expert Appraisal Committee for Environment

Clearance (EC).

SCOPE OF STUDY

a) Hazard Identification

b) Hazard Assessment and Evaluation

c) Disaster management Plan

d) Occupational Health & Safety

Methodology:

a) The steps involved in risk assessment methodology are as follows:

b) Hazard identification by studying the information on plant location, layout of the

equipment & process condition;

c) Hazard assessment by qualitative risk analysis occurrence of any activity is to be

found out;

d) Prioritize and Reduce Risk by providing control / mitigation measures;



Preparing disaster management plan & Occupational Health & Safety to face any accident

and disaster caused by the project operations

Hazard Identification

Identification of causes and types of hazards is the primary task for planning for risk

assessment. Hazard can happen because of the nature of the chemicals handled and also

the nature of process involved.

The methods employed for hazard identification in this study are:

Identification of major hazards based on Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals;

Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and units based on relative

ranking technique. Example: Fire- Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI)

Identification of major hazards based on Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous

Chemicals.

A systematic identification of the chemicals and their quantities of storages has been

studied, to determine threshold quantities as notified by MSIHC Rules 1989 and amended

till date. There is no any storage for flammable, Toxic and Irritative nature in the Nylon-6

chips Plant.

Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and units based on relative

ranking technique. Example: Fire- Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI)

a) Toxic Chemicals:

There is no any Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and owing to their

physical and chemical properties are capable of producing major accidents

Table 7-1: Toxicity Index

Sr.No Toxicity Oral toxicity LD50(mg/kg) Dermal toxicity LD50

(mg/kg)

1. Extremely toxic 1-50 1-200

2. Highly toxic 51 – 500 201-2000

b) Flammable Chemicals:

Flammable gases: Gases which at 20°C and at standard pressure of 101.3 KPa are:-

Ignitable when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air, or

Have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the

lower flammable limits.



Note: - The flammability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with

methods adopted by International Standards Organization ISO Number10156 of 1990 or by

Bureau of Indian Standards ISI Number 1446 of 1985.

Table 7-2: Flammable Criteria

Sr. No

Flammable Criteria Range

1 Extremely flammable liquids

flash point lower than or equal to 23°C and boiling point less than 35°C

2 Very highly flammable liquids

flash point lower than or equal to 23°C and initial boiling point higher than 35°C

3 Highly flammable liquids flash point lower than or equal to 60°C but higher than 23°C

4 Flammable liquids flash point higher than 60°C but lower than 90° C

From Above flammable criteria, Nylon- 6 plant has no flammable Chemicals.

c) Explosives:

Explosives means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance (or a mixture of substances) or

an article.

Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a

temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the

surroundings;

Which is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a

combination of these as a result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic

chemical reaction At Nylon – 6 Plant, No explosive chemicals are stored

Details of hazardous characteristics, toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled

are given in Table 7-3. Caprolactam as a raw material is received in molten state through

pipeline from Caprolactam plant. And there is no storage of any other chemicals of major

hazardous nature.

Table 7-3: Physio- Chemical Properties of Raw Materials & Products

Product(P) & Raw materials

BP °C

FP °C

LD50

mg/Kg

Chemical Hazard according to NFPA

LEL UEL TLV-TWA, mg/m

3 Health,

Nh Fire, Nf

Reactivity, Nr

Caprolactam 267-269

125 1660 2 1 1 1.4% 8% 5

Solid Additives - - - - - - NA NA -

Liquid Additives - - - - - - NA NA -



Product(P) & Raw materials

BP °C

FP °C

LD50

mg/Kg

Chemical Hazard according to NFPA

LEL UEL TLV-TWA, mg/m

3 Health,

Nh Fire, Nf

Reactivity, Nr

Glass Fibber - - - - - - NA NA -

Pigment - - - - - - NA NA -

Nylon 6 (P) - - - 0 0 0 0.7% 1% -

7.2.1 Hazard Assessment and Evaluation

Hazard is an event/incident that can lead to damage of equipment or injury to personnel.

The two types of risks i.e. Mechanical & electrical are universal in nature for any industry.

Mechanical risks which are generally encountered are injuries to head, limbs,

eyes...etc. usually resulting due to negligence on part of operating/maintenance

personnel while using of tools, bypassing prescribed safety procedures, neglect of

personal protective wear and risks associated with high energy release from

compressed gases. The Activity related to Mechanical hazards are evaluated in

Qualitative Risk Assessment. Control measures and Existing Safety Measure are

discussed in Section 7.2.2.

Electrical risks which result in shock and/or burns are most often consequence of

poor maintenance, ingress of dust or moisture, handling by unauthorized personnel

and use of improper or substandard hardware. The Activity related to Electrical

hazards are evaluated in HIRA. Control measures and Existing Safety Measures are

discussed above.

The activity having impact on Health & Safety as defined in Chapter 4 is given below in the

Table 7-4.

Table 7-4 : Project Activity

Sr. No.

Project Activity

N/

AN

/ E

situ

atio

ns

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude

+ve or

-ve

Health &

Safety



1.1 Excavation and paving of site

N Dust

generation 1,2,3,4,5 -1

AN Fall in pit,

land sliding from

1,2,3,4,5 -1



Sr. No.

Project Activity

N/

AN

/ E

situ

atio

ns

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude

+ve or

-ve

Health &

Safety


sidewalls

1.2 Fabrication work for erecting

plant equipment and preventive maintenance work

N Noise



transportation of materials and waste

N Increase in traffic load

1,2,3,4,5 -1

N

Fugitive dust emission due

to vehicle movement & Emission of HC, NOx &

CO

1,2,3,4,5 -1

N Noise



2.1 Handling of products and Raw

material N

Spillage and Leakage of materials

1,2,3,4,5 -1


transportation of raw materials, finished goods

N Emission of HC, NOx &

CO 1,2,3,4,5 -2

N Noise

generation 1,2,3,4,5

2.3 Equipment maintenance

AN

Noise generation

from rotating

parts

1,2,3,4,5 -3

AN

Possible Electrical Shock &

Burns

1,2,3,4,5 -2

Total of Health & Safety -14

Total Score -70



Quantitative Risk Assessment

The plant has no storage of any hazardous & flammable chemical. Hence, The Quantitative

Risk Assessment study has not been carried out.

Qualitative Risk Assessment

Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipment’s cannot be addressed

completely by Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been

considered separately under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in

operation of equipment as well as in processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed

by it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is

minimized to tolerable level. Risk has been analyzed using the Hazards Identification & Risk

Assessment (HIRA) methodology.

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:


Operation of Equipment

Handling, storage & Transportation of raw materials & products

For Qualitative Risk Assessment, the Risk Matrix in Table 7-6 and Risk Acceptability Criteria

in Table 7-7 has been used. The comprehensive methodology adopted for various kinds of

risks is summarized below:

Table 7-5: Comprehensive Methodology Adopted

Risk Source Methodology Adopted for Risk

Assessment


Operation of Equipment

Transportation and Handling of Raw Materials & products

Hazards Identification and Risk

Assessment based on Risk Matrix

Mitigation measures have been suggested for the risks involved.

Table 7-6: Risk Matrix

LIKE HOOD/ PROBABILITY

SEVERITY

Catastrophic (Death/ System

Loss)

Major/ Critical

(Serious injury/ Illness)

Moderate (Less

Serious Injury/ Illness)

Minor/ Marginal

(Minor Injury/ Illness)

Insignificant/Negligible (No injury /illness)

5 4 3 2 1

Almost Certain

E H H H M M

Likely D H H M M L



Table 7-7: Risk Acceptability Criteria

Risk Range

Risk Acceptability

Criteria Remarks

H Unacceptable/

High Management’s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-

site Impact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management’s

Review. Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine

Procedure.

Possible C H M M M L

Unlikely B M M M L L

Impossible A M M L L L



Table 7-8: Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

Sr. No.

Process Or Activity Associated

Hazards

Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk

Control / Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

A Construction phase

1 Site Clearance, excavation and paving of site

Dust generation & increase in

SPM/RSPM in air.

Health effect on workers and surrounding People

1 C M Use of dust mask.

Work permit procedure will be followed.

Shoring of the sides while manual digging the ground.

1 B L

Fall into pit due to caving the side

Major/ Minor Injury.

2 C M

2

Vehicular movement for transportation of

construction materials

Emission of PM10, HC, NOx, & CO

Health effect 1 E M Nose Mask

Ear Muffs.

Sign Boards for Direction, Speed limits, Zebra crossing.

1 C L Noise generation Hearing damage to

workers 2 C M

Risk of accident Human Injury 3 C M

B Operation of Equipment



Sr. No.


Hazards


Initial Risk


Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

1

Carrying out maintenance for

different machines (cleaning, Repairing

Greasing)

Mechanical Hazard Severe Body

injury/cuts/fractures etc.

5 D L

Work permit system will be followed.

Use of proper PPEs like Hand gloves, Aprons, Helmet etc.

Electrical Lock out Tag out system will be followed.

Personal vigilance will be carried out strictly.

Proper training will be imparted to the workers.

Before starting any maintenance work, complete safety of the work / equipment (from mechanical and process point of view) will be ensured by following

1 C L

Hot surfaces / Substances

Possible severe bodily injury due to burns to skin or scalding from

3 D M 1 B L

2 Monitoring of rotary

equipment Noise Rotating part

Hearing loss Cuts/Severe bodily injury, may be fatal

3 D M

Proper guarding of the rotating parts will be ensured.

Use of proper PPEs will be ensured. Personal vigilance

1 B L



Sr. No.


Hazards


Initial Risk


Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

will be carried out strictly.

3

Electrical Maintenance work / Generation of static

electricity charge

Electricity

Possible fatality due to Electric shock

Possible burns/ injury

3 D M

No cables will be unplugged with running unit.

Suitable electrical fittings will be used.

Use of proper PPEs will be ensured. Preventive maintenance of electrical equipments.

Thermographic inspection of electrical Equipments Earthing will be provided to all the required equipments.

1 B L

4 Finishing Section Nip Points Injury to Human

Body. Damage to Internal Body parts.

4 C M

Use of PPEs like – Face mask, hand gloves, eye protection etc., will be ensured.

Machine guarding for nip points and running

1 C L



Sr. No.


Hazards


Initial Risk


Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

equipments.

Personnel Vigilance will be done periodically.

5 Monitoring of rotary equipment

Noise, Ash

Rotating Parts

Hearing loss & Dust exposure

Cuts / Severe bodily injury, may be fatal.

3 D M

Personal vigilance will be carried out strictly.

Proper guarding of the rotating parts will be ensured.

1 B L

6

Equipment maintenance

(cleaning, Repairing Greasing)

Mechanical Hazard Body injury 5 D M Proper training will be

imparted to the workers.

Check for leaks/hotness of the body parts will be ensured before starting work. Work permit system will be followed.

2 B L

Hot surfaces / Substances

Possible severe bodily injury due to burns to skin or scalding from ill-fitting joints, hot surfaces and substances

3 D M 1 B L

C Transportation & Handling of Raw Materials & Products



Sr. No.


Hazards


Initial Risk


Residual Risk

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Like

liho

od

Ris

k

1

Loading/Unloading of Solid / Liquid

Additives, Lactam, Glass Fibre etc. and

finished goods

Dust exposure, Swallowing of

Fibre.

Skin irritation, cause skin, eye and upper

respiratory tract irritation etc.

Risk of severe bodily injury

Possible fatality Building/equipment

damage.

3 C M

Closed storage area will be provided. House-keeping will be maintained properly and surrounding area will be made free from obstructions, heat and ignition sources.

Fire extinguishers will be made available in close proximity.

1 B L

Conclusion

It can be inferred that after adopting safety mitigation measures in construction phase, Operation of Equipment and Transport & Handling of Raw

Material and products, the risk probability has changed to the acceptable Risk (Residual risk).



7.2.2 Comprehensive existing Safety Mitigation/ Control Measures at GSFC Complex

GSFC, Vadodara has IMS system and OS&HA Safety Management System where elaborated

safety measures have been defined. the safety measures are summarized as below:

A. For Pre- Construction/Construction Phase:

The following will be implemented by the contractor while carrying out civil construction.

Required PPE is provided to cover occupational foot, head, hearing, and eye

protection.

Shoring of the sides while manual digging the ground.

Fall Protection / Work at height: The Contractor is required to provide fall

protection to employees who are working at heights equal to or greater than 1.8

m. fall protection can be in the form of perimeter protection such as guardrails

and toe rails, personal protective equipment (PPE), a safety monitoring system,

or a fall protection plan. Activities that require personal fall protection systems

include steel erection bolting, riveting, fitting-up and plumbing-up, work over

water and some deep excavation work.

Foot Protection: If machines or operations present the potential for foot injury,

the contractor will provide foot protection with safe design and construction for

the work to be performed. Workers and visitors shall not be allowed on a

construction site without safety boots. The foot protection will be provided for

workers working with concrete or cement. Gum boot shall be provided to avoid

contact with cement/RCC mixtures and mortar.

Head Protection: If head hazards remain after all steps have been taken to

control them (safety nets for work at heights, proper housekeeping), the

Contractor will provide workers with appropriate head protection. Safety helmet

will be recommended. When the worker is carrying load on the head a suitable

head protection will be provided.

Noise Protection: Workers shall wear hearing protection devices (ear plugs, ear

muffs, canal caps), whenever the diesel operated engines, DG set or other noisy

machines are operating in the area.

Eye Protection: When operations present potential eye injury from physical or

chemical elements, the Contractor will select, provide, maintain and required

affected workers to use appropriate eye protection. Eye protection is required

while working on RCC dismantling, steel fabrication, welding, rough plastering

and painting work. Any work which involves looking upside also requires the

protection e.g. electrical cabling on walls and ceiling. The various eye protecting

devices like safety glasses and goggles, face shields and welding helmets will be

provided to workers.



Hand protection: Suitable hand gloves shall be provided for working with cement

or mortar. A suitable anti-allergic cream or protecting gel shall be applied on the

hands for persons who develop allergy with cement or lime.

Work Permit System: for doing any Hazardous Activity Work Permit System as

defined in SOP is being followed.

B. Electrical Safety

A licensed electrician has deployed to complete all temporary wiring and

electrical installations required for construction activities.

Fuses and circuit breakers (ELCB’s) are used to protect motherboards, conductors

and equipment to avoid short circuiting and electric shock. MCB’s and fuses are

also to use to protect the electrical equipment from over current and over

voltage.

Extension cords for equipment or as part of a temporary wiring system shall not

be damaged or compromised in any way and insulation must be of the highest

grade.

The joints of electrical wires avoided or an extension cord can be used if needed

Anytime electrical equipment will be deactivated for repair, or circuits will be

shut off, the equipment have locked out and tagged at the point where it can be

energized.

Proper earthling is ensured for all equipment and electrical panels.

Temporary lights are not be suspended by their cords.

The employer has provided the necessary safety equipment, supplies and

monitoring equipment to their personnel.

During the operation stage maintenance of transformer and manning of

electrical substation shall be by the competent persons only.

C. For operation of Equipment:

Proper Implementation of an inspection and maintenance program has done to

prevent and identify leaks, equipment failure, etc.

Proper training is imparted to the workers.

Before starting any maintenance work, complete safety of the work/equipment

(from mechanical and process point of view) will be ensured.

Proper guarding of the rotating parts is ensured to protect the employees from injuries.

Regular preventive maintenance of all the equipment/machines are done and recorded.

D. For Material Handling / Transportation:

Steps to reduce your exposure to fibers when working with materials that contain fiberglass:

Wear loose fitting, long-sleeved clothing and gloves. This reduces skin contact



and irritation.

Wear a mask over the nose and mouth to prevent breathing in the fibers.

Wear goggles or safety glasses with side shields to protect the eyes.

Open a window or a door to increase ventilation and reduce dust levels.

Use a shop vacuum after wetting the dust and fibers.

Housekeeping will be maintained properly and surrounding area made free from obstructions, heat and ignition sources.

Use of proper PPEs like face mask, hand gloves, chemical resistant

clothing, and safety goggles are ensured.

Asphalt road network is provided in the whole area for truck movement to

prevent dust emission.

Trucks used for transporting the goods are covered by the tarpaulin and

overloading in truck is avoided to prevent the dusting and spillage of goods

from the truck.

Sprinkler system is employed in storage area.

Fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be made available in close proximity.

Fire/smoke detectors are made available to detect small fires so as to take immediate action.

Air monitoring is carried out to check for any dust/fume emissions. E. Other safety measures to be employed during the proposed project:

To maintain high standards in Health, Safety and Environment, various activities will be

undertaken at the site. The following existing key safety measures are also a part of the

proposed project to be implemented by GSFC for Nylon 6 Chips Plant.

Personnel Safety Measures

Safety Training is regularly provided to the employees.

Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency is provided.

Emergency Control Room is established.

Assembly point is predetermined and provided as per the requirement.

Sprinkler Systems is provided as per the need.

Fire Hydrant System is installed.

Fire Extinguishers are also proposed to be provided.

Mock drills are periodically conducted and factors like response time to be evaluated.

Fire squad team has been formed for handling any emergency situation.

First Aid Facility and training is regularly provided.

Personal protective gears and equipment is provided to the employees.



Health checkups are already organized at regular intervals.

Safety / Health records and MSDS are maintained.

Noise Environment

Use of PPE like ear plugs and ear muffs are made compulsory near the

high noise generating machines.

Moreover, the personnel are provided breaks in their working hours with

the continuous exposure not increasing more than three (3) hours.

The plant and equipments are designed with a view to minimize noise pollution.

To reduce noise, pipe lines are liberally sized for low velocities.

Safety blow off valves, discharge pipes, relief valves, etc. are equipped

with silencers. Hearing Conservation program is imparted where noise

level exceeds 90dB (A).

F. DO’s & DON’Ts

Management has listed some of the Do's & Don'ts activities to strengthen the SAFETY

AT WORK, which will be followed strictly:

For Preventive Maintenance

Do's:

Ensuring that operators/workers etc. follows the SOPs, Safety procedures &

standards, work permit system etc.

Inspection of Storage Area, Earthing & Bonding system.

Inspection of all Fire Fighting Facilities /Check Alarms operation.

Checking the availability of Spill Containment Kit.

Make sure existing fire extinguishers are fully charged and ready for action.

Inspections of plant, machinery, tools, equipment, premises, work practices,

processes, procedures and general environment must be carried out for the

health and safety of plant, people and surrounding.

On-site and Offsite Emergency Plans shall be reviewed and updated, as per the

requirement.

Don’ts:

Don't allow anyone who hasn't received specific safety and operational training

to get indulge in any site activity.

Don't perform any activity without proper permit.



Don't perform your own maintenance.

Don’t compromise on Design and Engineering part.

Don't panic if you are in a risky situation.

Don't allow spilled chemicals to drain to sewers/gutters etc

7.2.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP)

The proposed project is the expansion of the Nylon 6 plant within the GSFC Premises; hence

the existing Emergency Plan of GSFC shall be implemented for the expansion plant also.

In order to be in a state of readiness to face any accident or disaster caused by the project

operation, a Disaster management plan is required to be prepared. GSFC has:

Well developed and updated Emergency Action Plan, which is mitigating to control

the Disaster.

The plan covers possible disaster, On and Off-site emergency preparedness plans,

establishment of emergency Control Centre (ECC), Location of emergency services

and duties of officers / staff during emergency.

Available complied HAZOP study report is to assure and intercept the Hazards.

QRA (Quantitative Risk Analysis) study to know the MCLS (Maximum credible loss

Scenario).

Safety Audit conducted as per IS: 14489 to assure the gaps in the safety system.

Fire Network Line is available for the Emergency situation.

Fire Extinguisher at strategic location.

Fire Water Storage Tanks.

Emergencies may occur due to many reasons. It may occur due to natural causes like earth

quake, cyclone, flood etc. It may occur due to terrorist activity or it may be due to

malfunction of standard working systems or practices.

Objectives of Emergency Action Plan

1. To define and assess the emergencies, including risk and environment impact

assessment.

2. To contain the incident and bring it under control by mobilizing the internal

resources and with the help of Mutual aid schemes.

3. To safeguard the lives.

4. To minimize the damage to property or/and neighboring environment.

5. To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks

assessed, Safeguards provided and the role to be played by them in the event of

emergency.

6. Initiating and organizing evacuation of affected persons.

7. Medical preparedness for the probable casualties.



8. Integration of resources under OFF SITE EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN OF DISTRICT

CONTINGENCY PLAN VADODARA.

9. To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normalcy.

10. To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for

emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan

Basic Contents of DMP

Basically, DMP contains following aspects:

a) On – site Emergency Plan

b) Off- site Emergency Plan

Classification of Emergency

Table 7-9: Classification of Emergency

Classification Description Causes Applicability

Level – 1

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the

plant/area.

Small pipe/valve rupture or similar

leakages that do not affect outside

premises.

Release of toxic chemicals for short

duration.

Small fire in the plant.

NA

Level – 2

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory

premises.

Leakage of toxic chemicals for long

duration.

Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

Medium scale fire inside the factory

premises.

NA

Level – 3

The emergency, which is not

confinable within the factory premises and general public in the vicinity are likely to

be affected.

Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic /

flammable gases for a long duration.

Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area.

Major fire inside the factory premises

NA



Table 7-10: Mode of Emergency:

Man made Natural Calamities Extraneous

Heavy Toxic Leakage/ Spillage

Fire

Explosion

Failure of Critical Control system

Design deficiency

Unsafe acts

In-adequate maintenance

Flood

Earthquake

Cyclone

Outbreak of Disease

Tsunami

Riots/Civil Disorder/Mob Attack

Terrorism

Sabotage

Bomb Threat

War/Hit by missiles

Food Poisoning/Water Poisoning

On-Site Emergency

The On-site emergency plan: deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies

within the factory and not affecting outside public or Environment.

Table 7-11: On-Site Emergency Planning

Sr. No.

Code of Practice Objective Line of Action

1 In Case of Fire at Factory/Hazardous chemicals storage area/ Diesel/ FO or

Storage area.

To deal with Fire efficiently and quickly at different locations

in the factory including diesel

storage tank and electrical Panel.

Any person notices any sign of fire shall start shouting FIRE, FIRE (Aag, Aag) to seek assistance and also immediately take steps to give warning by blowing the siren continuously and take steps

to extinguish the fire by using fire extinguishers available near the site of

fire After giving information reach the spot remove man and machinery and take steps to tackle the fire in accordance

with the firefighting instructions. Inform at security office to get

Ambulance if required. 2 In case of Heavy

Spillage, Leakage of hazardous

chemicals.

To deal with the incidence of

hazardous chemicals spillage or leakage

efficiently and quickly

Any person who notices any leakage or spillage of hazardous chemicals from

storage tank, pipe line or from any equipment should try to warn the

nearby persons and report to the shift supervisor without any delay.

The Person should not go near the spill unless he is wearing a proper PPE and has been fully trained to handle the

chemicals leaks.



Off-Site Emergency

The Off-site emergency plan: deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies

affecting public and the environment outside the premises.

Thus in brief the two main purpose of the off-site emergency plan are:

To provide the local / district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors, surrounding industries

and the public, the basic information of risk and environment impact assessment and to

appraise them of the consequences and the protection prevention measures and control

plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.

To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the district or

particulate area and to organize rehearsal from time to time and initial corrective action

based on the lesson learnt.

Structure of the off-site emergency plan

This off-site emergency plan is integrated properly with the district contingency plan to

tackle any kind of emergency. The site main controller will keep liaison for this purpose with

the district authorities.

External telephone facility from Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. to Local Fire

Station, Mutual Aid Members and DPMC Vadodara is established for quick communication.

The names of the key persons are defined to establish contacts and Co-ordinate the

activities with the help of the Collectorate and disaster management center in case of major

emergency.

An on-site emergency control room has been identified by Gujarat State Fertilizers &

Chemicals Ltd., which can be activated / used for emergency control and manned round the

clock.

As far as off-site emergencies are concerned, information shall be received first by the

police control room, Vadodara on telephone next information to local fire brigade on

telephone and to DPMC – Vadodara. The police / fire brigade control room shall in turn

inform DSP, collector.

The safety department and individual plant has already the list of quantities of resources

like breathing air sets, rescue masks, fire extinguishers, water resources etc. available with

various industries in the vicinity which can be spread under Mutual Aid System to tackle

such emergencies after receiving call from them.

The District Superintendent of Police, Vadodara District will be in overall charge of security,

evacuation and rescue operations at the time of emergency.



Arrangement made for off- site Emergency

Considering distance from district Head Quarters, other nearby external emergency control

organization. Following arrangements are in consultation with DY. DISH, District

Collectorate, and Mamlatdar.

Disclosure of information to neighboring organization and population:

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. has already prepared booklet and circulate among

neighboring organization and population containing hazardous operation and chemicals.

First aid, emergency treatment, probable types of emergencies that can arise. Preventive

steps will be taken to control emergency. Emergency warning siren code system, to make

them aware in advance. Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. will carry out group get

together, acquaintance round, meeting with neighboring public, population to train, brief

the and make them aware about our operation and preparedness.

The same groups along with external emergency control organization were invited during

mock drill, rehearsals for training and acquaintance.

Local crisis group: As per central government notification and DISH office for preparation of

offsite emergency plan and Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. has become member

of local level crises group, disaster management center of industrial area using existing

available facility of industries in the area with facility and emergency contact phone

numbers. During emergency with in local group reach in and around industrial area any one

can contact DMC – control room situated in both the factories and manned round the clock

will initiate actions and arrange to organize resource mobilization and communication

Local crisis group consists of

Chairman : Collector

Member Secretary : Asst. Directorate – Industrial Safety & Health, Vadodara

Member : Factory manager of all industries

Member : Transport contractors

Member : Safety Manager, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : Police Inspector, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : TDO, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.

Member : Civil defense inspector, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals

Ltd Member : Medical officer, PHC, Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals

Ltd.

Member : Press reporter



Member : Community leader, Sarpanch, nearby village

Member : NGO, Lions club, nearby village

Member : Local social worker, nearby village

Member : Local social worker nearby village

Local crisis group will prepare local emergency response plan and will submit to

Directorate – Industrial Safety and Health, Vadodara.

Rehearsal of local off-site emergency response plan will be carried out involving

industries nearby as per mutual aid arrangements.

Local crisis group will have to start emergency control action before arrival of and

activation of district off site emergency plan and involvement of district crisis group.

Any escalation need of further help will activate full district level off site control room.

All type of emergencies like village fire, chemical accident, natural calamities and industrial

accidents will be covered in the scope of local crisis group action plan.

District level crisis group:

Under chairmanship of collector district level crisis group will be formulated to aim at:

Update off-site emergency plan regularly

To organize, initiate action for mock drill

To run central control room

To coordinate for training need of all member government officials

To maintain communication link among members through central control room.

To monitor preparation of industrial organization and adequacy of on-site emergency

plan.

Dy. Director – Industrial Safety and Health hold responsibility of member secretary for

district level crisis group.

Communication and warning by Disaster Management Center: When a disaster occurs, the

industry affected by the disaster will immediately inform the disaster management center

with all available information.

Nylon- 6 PLANT UNDER EMERGENCY

The proposed project is the expansion of the Nylon 6 plant within the GSFC Premises;

however the existing communication systems will be connected to proposed Nylon 6 plant

in readiness to make the emergency known

SIREN CODE

Table 7-12: SIREN CODE



Blow of 1 Minute For Caprolactam Plant Under Emergency

Blows of 30 Seconds Each For Ammonia & Methanol Group of plant Under Emergency

Blows of 20 Seconds Each For Tank farm Under Emergency

Blows of 15 Seconds Each For Heavy Release Of Toxic Gas Affecting Other Plants

Civil Defense & Off Site Emergency

4 Seconds Up & 4 Seconds Down For 2 Minuets

All Clear Continuous Blow For 2.5 Minutes

Structure of Emergency Management System

Central Safety Services department is present in GSFC. It is adequately manned with

qualified safety personnel who can manage the affairs of safety in GSFC. It is headed by

Senior Executive of the company. There is a direct reporting to Managing Director.

Manpower with Safety Unit of GSFC is about 16. It is appended below:

Sr. VP (Project Execution, MSD, Vigilance, S & FS) : 1

Chief (Safety & Fire Services) : 1

Sr. Mgr. (Safety) : 1

Mgr. (safety & Fire) : 1

Dy. Mgr. (Safety) : 2

Safety Engineer : 2

Safety Representatives : 5

PA/Steno-Typist : 1

Peon : 2

Safety Appliances procurement, planning, placement at vulnerable locations, inspection

and maintenance is looked after by safety personnel. Stock of safety appliances is adequate

enough to handle any kind of emergency in GSFC.

List of appliances with GSFC

A. Monitoring Instruments

Explosimeters : 14

Oxygen meters : 1

Explosimeters (Nitrogen environment): 1

Firefly alarm : 1

Noise level measuring instrument : 2



Static charge meter : 1

B. Respiratory personal protective appliances

Breathing Apparatus Set : 117

Mini Breathing Apparatus Set : 30

Canisters/Cartridges of all kind : 200

Airline respirator : 100

Dust Mask : 2000

Dust Respirator : 200

C. Non-Respiratory Personal Protective Appliances

Helmet : To All + 300

PVC Goggles : 500

Ear Plug : 500

Ear Muff : 300

Face Shield : 200

Apron : 50

PVC suit : 100

Asbestos suit : 20

Full body Harness : 80

Barrier Creams : 100

Safety Eye washer & Shower : 206

Flame Retardant Suit (Mazic) : 20

Tychem-C Suit : 20

Engineering Services

Central Engineering Services Division consists of Engineering. Workshop, Electrical, Civil and

Instrument Workshops, Inspection and Construction Department. Engineering services play

a vital role in Emergency situation to control the gravity of the incident. Engineering

Workshop has various infrastructure facilities such as fabrication shop with latest

equipment, milling machines, mobile equipment, such as forklifts, shovel loaders, trucks,

cranes etc. with competent operating personals. Moreover, all the plant mechanical

maintenance groups are also equipped with various material handling devices such as chain



pulley blocks, rope puller, battery operated trucks etc. All the compressor houses have the

facility of EOT cranes in the building for repair jobs. These can also be used for control

measures in the emergency situation.

Storage Hazards and Controls

Storage area in the Complex, known as tank farm consisting of Naphtha, Benzene and other

hydrocarbons is situated away from the manufacturing plants and fulfilling all rules and

regulations prescribed under the relevant statutes viz. The Petroleum Act, Gas Cylinder

Rules, Static & Mobile pressure vessels Rules etc. Two atmospheric Ammonia Storage tanks

each of 10,000 MT capacities are also located away from the plants. The storage area is

isolated from the plants and all storage tanks of hazardous substances are located within

the boundary wall with two gates. As prescribed in the relevant statutory regulations all the

electrical fittings are of explosion proof fittings. Proper enclosures in the form of bund walls

have been provided for all the storage tanks. In order to detect the leakage of hydrocarbons

a continuous monitoring system has been provided and sensors are located at various

locations in the storage area. Fire alarm system also has been provided in the tank farm

area, having the panel centrally located in the Fire Unit to know exactly the location of fire,

in case of such emergency. All necessary firefighting arrangements have been provided in

the storage area to combat fire emergencies.

Assembly Point: In affected and vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not

assigned any emergency duty) will be evacuated from the area and they shall report to

specified assembly points. Assembly Points has been located at a safe place, well away from

area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction.

List of Permanent Assembly Point:

Factory Gate.

A-IV FNC Gate.

Entry Gate.

Marketing Gate

Railway Wicket Gate



Figure 7-1: Permanent Assembly points in GSFC

Emergency Control Center (ECC): The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from

where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Safe and

easily approachable room has been earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room.

Telephone and other facilities required with necessary documents shall be displayed in ECC

for ready reference. Designated trained personnel will operate ECC. In case of Major

Emergency, the Site Main Controller will operate from ECC. The ECC center is/will be

equipped with the following facilities.

Internal and external telephone including STD facility

Telephone directory/ Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

First Aid

Muster roll of workers

Identity card register

Layout plan of the factory showing the location of hazardous materials, assembly

point, first aid centers etc.

Map of surrounding area with fire extinguishers location

M.S.D.S

Copy of ON SITE / OFF SITE PLAN /SOP

Stationeries like- note book, pen, pencils etc.

S.B. Apparatus

List of Government Agencies /Local press agencies with phone no.

Sand Buckets & Hydrant Network



Adequate numbers of PPE's

Fire Control Arrangements for Nylon- 6 Chips Plant (Fire Fighting, Gas Leak Control and

Rescue Operation)

Fire is classified in following three classes. The appropriate fire extinguishers are used to

extinguish the different class of fire.

Class A: General Fire - Cotton Waste, Paper, Rubbish and Scrap: water, ABC powder type

Class B: liquid Fire - All solvents, Resin, Paints, LDO, HSD: Mechanical foam, ABC type

Class C: Gaseous /Electrical fire - Gaseous fire and panels etc.: CO2, DCP/ABC

Sufficient number of fire hydrant valves and riser valves is being arranged to fulfill fire

extinguishing need of the plant. Apart from this, fire extinguishers are kept at various

locations inside plant and those already hydrostatically tested and refilled at intervals as

specified by statutory body.

Water Hydrant

Dry chemical powder type

CO2 type

Fire drill is/will be carried out periodically by all the security guards apart from safety

persons to keep plant personnel ready fortnightly. Sufficient amount of firefighting water is

always stored in storage tank for firefighting works. In case of power failure, diesel driven

fire engine pump has arranged to generate the power for emergency lighting and to run

water pump.

Safety Awareness among the workers

Security guards who act as firemen during fire emergency are trained, retrained and

refreshed on regular basis. Safety professional is sent for external training and some training

program also conducted at works site by external experts of the field. Training programs on

safety aspects with special attention to firefighting are regular feature of company. Plant

organizes 3-4 sessions every month on safety aspects and cover good number of workmen

in these programs. All these training programs would at least include the following:

Lectures

Seminars and workshop

Practical Exercises

Distribution and practice safety instructions

Safety quiz contests/competitions for individual as also for groups

Display of safety posters and safety slogans at convenient and conspicuous places.



Explanation of instructions (in the language easily understood by workers) about the

possible hazards involved in handling of chemicals ad methods to deal with such

hazards failing which possible emergency situation are likely to arise.

Developing safety instructions for every job and ensuring practice to these

instructions/ booklets or manuals by workers.

Educating workers about the physical and health hazards arising out from the

exposure of handling substance.

Measures taken to ensure safety and control physical and health hazards.

Measures to be taken by workers to ensure safe handling, loading and unloading.

Storage and transportation of hazardous substances.

Meaning of various labels and marking used on containers of hazardous substances

and to whom to report.

Measures to be taken in case of any spillage or leakage

7.2.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OH&S)

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. has established the Occupational Health

Surveillance Program which shall be followed right from the project construction & erection

phase and the same shall be updated for the upcoming new facility, if required. The details

of the same are described in the following sections.

Occupational Health

Occupational health needs attention both during construction and erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the

above phases.

Hospital Facilities /Factory Medical Officer & OHC

Company has well organized OHC inside the Plant Premises equipped with First-aid

kits to cater any emergency. OHC has 24X7 a qualified Doctor is appointed as FMO

(factory medical Officer) medical officer and male nurse.

Further at a distance of 1.5 km there is a Hospital located in the Fertilizer Nagar to

attend emergency cases

A qualified doctor is appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him,

required medical facilities applicable as per Factories Act shall also be made

available.

All types of first aid related accessories, Medicines & Antidotes as prescribed by

FMO, etc. shall be made available at conspicuous locations.



Ambulance Van & First Aid Box

An Emergency Vehicle shall be made available round the clock to be used as an Ambulance

during emergency. First Aid Boxes is made available at Security gate, emergency room, ETP

and process plants. Training is/will be given to employees for First Aid.

Plan for Periodic Medical Checkup

Periodic Medical Examination should be conducted as per the following schedule;

Workers employed should be examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/ Factory Medical

Officer, in the following manner:

Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person.

During employment, every six months (blood and physical examination) as per

Gujarat Factories Rules, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the

particular job.

Table 7-13: Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards

Occupational Hazards Identification Occupational Health Impacts

Exposure to Toxic and Corrosive Chemicals

Toxication, Irritation,

Exposure to Chemical Dust, Spillage/ leakage, Overflow

Severe irritation to eyes and skin, Respiratory disorder, Fatality, etc.

Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc. Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization, Fall Injury, Electrocution, Damage to nearby equipment’s,

Fatality, etc.

Mitigation measures/ Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards are

mentioned in additional studies. In addition to these safety measures, personal protective

equipment (IS approved) will also be provided to the required personnel.

Safety Trainings and Mock Drills

Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid and all Safety Aspects) shall be

provided every 15 days by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called

from other Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular

employees, limited contractor labors will also be given safety training. To create safety

awareness, safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

Mock Drills

To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness

among employees mock drill will be carried out at the interval of every six months. After

completion of the mock drill, summary report shall be made and corrections will be done if



any weakness has been observed. GSFC is having Mutual Aid Scheme with Gujarat Refinery

and RIL. Fire Services from Gujarat Refinery and RIL shall be summoned at least during any

one Mock drill by Fire unit.

Frequency of Mock Drills

On-site emergency: Once every 6 months.

Off-site emergency: Once every year .

Following action plan is prepared and followed to monitor the occupational injury to

workers:

Each workplace is/will be evaluated for the existing work conditions.

Unsafe Act and Unsafe Practices is/will be identified.

Unsafe equipment’s, unsafe areas, etc. is/will be identified.

Area will be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.

Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals is/will be measured and records are/will

be kept.

Evaluation of training and on the job work.

Impact of the above mentioned unsafe conditions on workers will be studied and remedial

measures for the same will be adopted.

Conclusion

Additional studies have been carried out as per the ToR. Public hearing is not applicable for

Expansion in Existing Plant Facility (Nylon - 6) for production of Nylon Chips by Gujarat State

Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. as this project is located in Notified Industrial Area declared

under Gujarat Industrial Act 1962 vide Government of Gujarat I.M.E.D Notification No. GHU-

87-46-GID-1686(i) 2338(GI) dated 3st t August 1987 and as per OM J-11011/321/2016-IA.II

(I) dated 27th April 2018. Qualitative risk has been analyzed. Storage and handling of

Caprolactam, glass Fiber, Finished goods have been considered for qualitative risk

assessment. Risk Assessment and hazard identification and control measures of the same

have been carried out. GSFC has developed emergency preparedness plan and Disaster

Management Plan. Fire alarm panel (electrical) will cover the entire plant. The fire

protection system for the unit is being provided for early detection, alarm, containment and

suppression of fires. The Occupational Health Centre with adequate facilities are available at

plant site to maintain round the clock by a compounder cum dresser and a doctor. All

records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan are being well maintained and preserved.



7.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC

The proposed expansion is within the existing GSFC Complex which is located on Notified

Industrial Area. No resettlement or rehabilitation is envisaged. The budget allocated under

CER activities for villages falling in study area is discussed in CHAPTER-10.



CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

GSFC has developed banking facility, School, University, Library, Hospital, parks recreations

center, shopping complex, temple, post office, Sport facilities, internal road and its

maintenance for the improvement of nearby area. Also GSFC has developed rain water

harvesting structures and ponds to store rain water. GSFC also supplying water to nearby

villagers.

School & Computer Library facility within the Premises

Medical Health Centre and 24 Hr Ambulance Facility

8.2 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS

The project proponent has established a Horticulture Department for mass plantation

activities. Road Side Plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increase

shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. Extensive



plantation has already been developed around GSFC complex and GSFC Township during the

implementation of existing project.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

GSFC is /will be undertaking activities for the upliftment of the social community through

community development in various ways as under:

Education;

Drinking water facilities;

Health;

Education;

Running of school and university;

Promotion of Adult Education Programme.

Drinking water facilities;

Providing water to nearby villages;

Implemented and maintained water harvested structure.

Health

Health care center and ambulance facility is being/ will be promoted;

Awareness to improve health and hygiene standards;

Arranging medical camp.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED; SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED

The company will generate direct and indirect employment. Preference will be given

to the local people for employment based on their educational qualifications and

experience.

Apprentice Training is being provided regularly.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

Supplementing Govt. efforts in health monitoring camps, social welfare and various

Awareness programs among the rural population.

Social Activity carried out by GSFC

Identifying the Stakeholders and engaging with them through multiple channels in

order to hear what they have to say about our products and services are essential

parts of our sustainability plan. The health and wellbeing of the communities has

always been an important facet of our Company’s operations. Our Company extends



its social responsibility beyond the statute book and by engaging in strategic and

trust based community development interventions.

While our CSR approach focuses on the development of communities around the

vicinity of our plants and beyond, we have also developed innovative programmes

that leverage our capabilities as a fertilizer and chemical company to ensure

equitable distribution of its fertilizers as per Govt. supply plan, thus adding value to

the food security of the Nation. While on chemical business plan, the Company

strives to touch all walks of life to make a comfortable living.

Three schools at our Vadodara, Sikka and Fibre unit in which students from nearby

communities are enrolled. Company has tied up with TENVIC Sports Pvt Ltd., a

reputed agency for improving the sports talent amongst the schools run by GSFC at

its Vadodara and Fibre Unit and Akshar Trust, a school for deaf and mute children.

Karate training is conducted with emphasis on girl students to empower them. We

are working with government schools to develop students through coaching in

English and Maths.

GSFC does give special attention to disadvantaged stakeholders as evident from

Special Children Centre established at Chhani. We provide safe drinking water to

four nearby villages. Rejuvenation of Ajwa Garden is a project which not only

ensures benefit to society but helps maintain ecological balance. We ensure support

to NGOs that are doing excellent for upliftment of the communities but lack

resources like United Way of Baroda, Art and Culture Foundation, SVADES etc.

CSR initiatives are undertaken in coordination with government where we are not

able to reach the communities in need; recently GSFC contributed for CM’s relief

fund for the victims of Banaskatha floods. The details of initiatives taken by our

Company in the area of community and society development have been provided in

the Corporate Social Responsibility which is part of the Annual Report.

In nutshell it fulfils the vision of company’s CSR Policy, which is to commit and to

integrate its business values, ethics and professional skills to meet the expectations

of all our stakeholders by developing, encouraging and supporting various social and

economic initiatives, without any duplication of government policies, through our

industrial expertise for Sustainable Development.

Company has specified programme as a CSR Activities which has been the part of

core business philosophy at GSFC ever since its inception. Today, company has

developed CSR as a very special concept to promote the overall development,

progress and betterment of people belonging to the weaker sections of society with

a view to improve ‘Human Development Index’ (HDI) with core areas like education,



environment, health and sanitation, improvement in nutrition level, support to

NGOs, rural development (social & infrastructural), industry-academic interface,

support during natural calamities and various other in-house projects.

The CSR projects at GSFC are undertaken through the ideal blend of in-house as well

as support of specialized implementing agencies/NGOs. Company has carried out the

impact assessment of its CSR initiative. The contribution towards CSR for the F.Y.

2017-18 was to the tune of Rs 09.48 Crores. GSFC is not restricting to 2% as

mandated to achieve its CSR objectives; which is clearly shown in detail as CSR report

forming part of the Director’s Report.

Company believes in hand holding with a view to develop the beneficiary in such a

way that there is self-sufficiency over a period and the project is handed over. One

such example is Contribution to Mid-Day-Meal Scheme through The Akshaya Patra

Foundation, where GSFC has supported for capital expenditure plus running

expenditure for five years and then project has started showing its fruitful results on

its own.

GSFC University is insightful CSR initiative from GSFC with a vision to boost quality

education needs and eco-friendly technology for urban sustainability. Cutting- edge

skill dissemination with a drive to facilitate state-of the art infrastructure and

technology for academic pursuits and to fulfil industry requirements to supplement

and nourish region’s landscape of learning and research is the idea behind

establishing this academic institute with industrial support. It is an innovative step

towards preparing youth interested in joining the mainstream of development, by

moulding their minds, expanding their comfort zones and boosting confidence to

deliver quality results all backed by digital knowledge with online course material.

Photographs 8-1: Existing CSR activities carried out by GSFC

Women development Mid day meal



Farmers Toll free services, awareness and other facilities

Nursery

Medical Health Camp



Sports Activity at GSFC Complex



Table 8-1: Funds utilized Under Corporate Social Responsibility (from 2014- 2018)

Year Health Education Drinking Water

Skill Development Community

Development Support to MDM Total (Crores)

2014-2015 6150000 107331000 1750000 19626000 10688000 145545000

2015-2016 26180000 38140000 9280985 43111015 5500000 122212000

2016-2017 7324000 63274000 9700000 3000000 26696071 109994071 219988142

2017-2018 114766292 7154608 32457526 154378426 308756852

Total 39654000 323511292 27885593 3000000 121890612 280560497 796501994

Note: GSFC is working on CSR projects since its inception. Initially all the activities were undertaken by respective departments due to which a consolidated data is not available.

Drinking water details can be received from Utility Dept, Donation from CC Dept, Health from Medical Centre etc. In the above mentioned table we have done many skill

development programmes through SVADES. Some projects were handed over to mother organization hence details are not available in other years.



CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) is an analytical way to make an educated decision

regarding the commencement of an industrial activity or similar

trade/commercial/infrastructure activity. This involves a comparison of the costs of an

action with considerations of the benefits associated with that action. CBA assists the

regulators to evaluate the benefits and challenges imposed by the upcoming activity in

commercial terms with respective to the impact on the environmental scenario such as

human wellbeing, quality of life and environmental wellbeing.

An important component of a CBA is a base situation which is a situation when no changes

take place. All decisions are then compared to the base situation. Once the base and a

relevant time period are established, benefits and costs can be calculated in terms of human

and environmental well-being. In this case, a benefit is defined as anything that increases

human well-being, and a cost is anything that decreases it. CBA aims to maximize economic

efficiency at a point where marginal benefits and marginal costs are equal.



CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are

implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) constitutes an important part of the EIA report.

The main purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to

be generated from the proposed project and to mitigate the consequences. GSFC, on basis

of the impacts identified, sets targets to reduce the negative impacts, plans and decides

action plan to achieve the target effectively and efficiently. EMP ensures an effective

implementation methodology and alternatives for mitigation measures

planned/recommended to reduce or eliminate the adverse impacts to maximum possible

extent during the operation of the proposed project.

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

As mentioned in earlier section, EMP is a system to address potential adverse impacts, to

instruct project proponent to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project activities.

10.1.1 Objectives of EMP

Following are long-term objectives of the Environmental Management Plan for all the

environmental attributes:

To comply with all the regulations stipulated by Central /State Pollution Control

Boards related to applicable laws.

To create good working conditions.

To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of

achieving environment standards and to improve methods of environment

management.

Streamline environmental activities to add value to efficiency and effectiveness.

To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual

employees and contractors.

To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.

To contribute significantly for sustainable development



10.1.2 Environment Management Plan

Based on the mitigation measures provided for the anticipated environmental impacts and

environmental management plan is prepared. Description of administrative aspects like role

and responsibilities in the following table are elaborated for ensuring that mitigative

measures are implemented and their effectiveness is monitored as planned. Environment

management plan is prepared for valued environmental components like air, water, land,

human being and ecology.

Details of identified aspect due to proposed activities in the project and its management

plan are given in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan

Sr. No

.

Identified

Aspect

Impact Zones

Mitigation Measures suggested

Effectiveness Responsibilities

Air Environment

1

SPM generation and

emission of HC,

NOx& CO

-

Controlled traffic movements

Entry for PUC Certified Vehicles only

Ensuring work order has a safety compliance condition mentioning adhering to speed limits, having valid PUC

Plant Manager

Safety Officer/Security

Noise Environment

2 Noise

generation

Near internal roads during

movement of

vehicles, operation

s of Pumps

and Compress

ors

Use of properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment’s

Use of well-maintained vehicles and properly designed equipment

Provision on Anti-Vibration pads to reduce noise generation

Ensure use of PPE like Ear Plugs & ear

Ensuring work order has a safety compliance condition.

Ensuring workers should wear ear muff and ear plugs

Project Manager/Safety

Purchase department

Plant manager



Sr. No

.

Identified

Aspect

Impact Zones



muffs

Water Environment

3 Sewage generati

on

Toilets, Washrooms in the

plant

Disposal of waste water via soak pit

Reviewing cleaning of tank/pit as per schedule

Plant Manager

4

Generation of

Process and

washing water

Manufacturing Unit

Process water will be sent to VECL after treatment from ETP

Monitoring of wastewater quantity and Quality

Ensure characteristics of treated effluent within prescribed norms before disposal

Plant Incharge

EC Incharge

5

Waste water

generation from Cooling/Steam Blow Down

Utility area

Cooling tower blow down will be directly sent to VECL for final disposal

6 Consumption of water

SW reservoir

Flow meter is already installed at Raw water intake point.

RWH practices to reduce fresh water consumption

Monitoring consumption of water

Monitoring reduction in consumption of fresh water

Plant Incharge

7

Overflow of open

process drains mixing with

storm water

Surrounding

surface water bodies

Separate storm water drains and process drains are provided

Ensuring SWDs are always dry except during monsoon.

Periodic inspection water quality in to storm water drain and non-mixing of water with process drain

Plant Incharge

Hazardous and Solid waste Management

8 Generati Within To store at To ensure scraps, Plant Incharge



Sr. No

.

Identified

Aspect

Impact Zones



on of scraps& Used Oil

site premises

designated place and will be sold to scrap vendors and used oil will be sent to refiners

used oil generated stored properly, maintain records and to disposed off within stipulated time

Social Environment (Infrastructure / Economy)

10

Increase in traffic

load during

construction and operation phase

On connectin

g roads

Controlled vehicular movement (preferably with clearly demarcated entry/exit) with adequate supervision

Record maintenance of vehicles entry and exit

Security

11

Employment

generation during construction and operation phase

Nearby villages

Positive impact Records of

employment generated

Administration head

10.2 COMPLIANCE MONITORING

Monitoring of the compliance of the conditions as stipulated in CC&A is complied.

1. Existing EC: Environment Head to ensure that conditions as mentioned in existing EC are

duly complied regularly and ensure its effectiveness by periodic monitoring

2. Existing CC&A: Environment Head to ensure that conditions as mentioned in existing

CC&A are duly complied regularly and ensure its effectiveness by periodic monitoring.

3. Post EC condition compliance will be ensured and six monthly compliance reports will be

submitted to regional office. MoEFCC of this region.

10.2.2 Cost for Environment Management System

Project Proponent has allotted expenditure to be made for EMS which includes capital cost

and recurring cost as mentioned in Table 10-2 & Table 10-3.

Table 10-2 : Capital Cost for EMS



Sr. No.

Component Proposed

(Rs. in Lakhs) Remarks

1 Air Environment 0 No Stack or vent is

proposed

2 Water Environment 0.25 Minor modifications in

existing ETP like addition of Pumps

3 Solid & Hazardous Waste

Management 0

No hazardous waste generated required to be stored and sent to TSDF

or CHWIF

4 Green Belt Development 0

The required green belt is already in place i.e. more

than 33% of total plot area. However, GSFC has planned to plant required

saplings each year for density and survival of the other trees under Green Belt Program

5 Occupational Health & Safety 0 Adequate PPE’s are

available at existing site

Total 0.25

Table 10-3 : Recurring Cost for EMS

Sr. No.

Component

Proposed

(Rs. in Lakhs/

Annum)

Remarks

1 Air Environment 0 No Stack or vent is

proposed

2 Water Environment 0.05 Maintained cost of pumps

3 Solid & Hazardous Waste

Management 0

No major hazardous waste generated required to be sent to TSDF or CHWIF,

hence membership cost is not required for proposed

project

4 Green Belt Development 0

The required green belt is already in place i.e. more

than 33% of total plot area. However, GSFC has planned

to plant required saplings each year for density and



Sr. No.

Component

Proposed

(Rs. in Lakhs/

Annum)

Remarks

survival of the other trees under Central Green Belt

Program

5 Occupational Health & Safety 00 --

Total 0.05

10.3 ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT

10.3.1 Green Belt Development

Greenbelt areas have been proved to be an ideal place for diversified flora and fauna and it

will improve air quality within premises, act as barrier for noise propagation and also add

aesthetic beauty of the industrial area. GSFC has already develop 118.70 Hectares (more

than 33%) greenbelt area of total land i.e. 328 Ha. The company developed green belt along

the periphery of the plant site and in common premises available outside the company

premises, township after consultation with horticulture expert. Domestic species suitable

for the local climatic conditions, perennial and evergreen trees, Air pollution resistive plants

will be considered to be planted in the proposed greenbelt area.

The following points will be considered for selection of plants species to be grown:

Greenbelt absorbs both gaseous as well as particulate pollutants to a great extent.

Thus, removes/reduce pollutant from the atmosphere. For absorbance of gases, the

duration of the foliage should be longer.

Characteristics of tree/plants including shapes of crowns considered necessary for

effective removal of dust particles.

Greenbelt/Plant species having good root system will be selected, so that soil

erosion rates can be controlled significantly.

Nos. of tress covering approximate and location is provided in Table 10-4

Table 10-4: Details of Plantation in entire GSFC complex BL: Boundary Line, OBL: Outside Boundary Line

Regular monitoring and care is/will be taken with all necessary works like thick plantation,

re-plantation (if required), pest control and other allied factors to achieve adequate growth

of greenbelt. Details of types of trees and plantation in GSFC is provided in Table 10-5



Table 10-5: Type of Plantation at GSFC

Road Side Tree

Ornamental plants

Palm Plants

Fruit Plants

Flowering Plants

Medicinal Plants

Cactus Bulb

Creepers

Arjun(Sadad)

Alocassia Areca palm

Almond Aboli Ajamo Grafted

Cana

Alamenda

Ashoka Acalipha Bismakia

Coconut

Adenium Alovera Euphorbia

Lily Bignonia

Venusta

Bakam Neem

Aglonima Chamedoria

Custrud apple

Bahumia Ardushi Self rooted

- Clero-dendron

Banyan Plant

Alpinia Rubra

Cycus Guava Bouganveil

Aspergus succulent

- Madhumalti

Billi Alpinia Varigated

Fishtail Italian lemon

Cordia Baheda - - Money plant

Borasalli Arelia Foxtail Jamun cuphia Black pepeer

- - Vadellia

Champo Bamboo Grass

Jambia Kagdilemon

Dadlicanthus

Brahmi - - Thumbergia

grandiflora

Garmalo Birbaljia Kentia Mango Dayking Bryophylum

- - Parda veil

Gulmohar

Brassia Latina Sapota Deshi rose

Fudino - - Jeemonsia

Gultora Chlorophytum

Nolino Sarbati lemon

Devchakli

Har sankal

- - Vedellia creeper

Jerul Chocholate Plant

Phoenix setur Galphemia

Kadi neemkari

yatu

- - -

Kadam Coleus Pichardia

- Gardenia Kevdo - - -

Mahogani

Cordyline Atropurpu

rea

Raffis - Garbera Lindi paper

- - -

Neem Croton Royal - Gulmahedi

Nagarveil - - -

Paltoforum

Diphanbaccia

Shampion

- Hibiscus Parijatak - - -

Pendula Dreacena Table - Ixora Stevia - - -

Pipal Eranthemum

Thraix - Jasmine Tulsi - - -



Road Side Tree

Ornamental plants

Palm Plants

Fruit Plants

Flowering Plants

Medicinal Plants

Cactus Bulb

Creepers

Putranjiva

Exoclodia Bichor

Traveller

- Jetropha - - - -

Saliparni Fern Triangle - Jui - - - -

Saptaparni

Ficus umbrella

- Kamini - - - -

Saru

Umedo

Furkeria - - Lantana - - - -

- Golden duranta

- - Musanda

- - - -

- Graptophylum

- - Nerium - - - -

- Helicornia - - Pentas - - - -

- Hemisghraphis

- - Plumbego

capensis

- - - -

- - - - Ratrani - - - -

The required green belt is already in place i.e. more than 33% of total plot area. However,

GSFC has planned to plant required saplings each year for density and survival of the other

trees under Central Green Belt Program. Hence, no separate budget for the green belt

development plan for Nylon 6 has been proposed. Photographs of Existing Greenbelt is

provided in Photographs 10-1.



Photographs 10-1: Existing Green Cover at the site

10.3.2 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

Rain Water can be harvested either storing in containers for ready use or charged into soil

for withdrawal later i.e. ground water recharging. Rain Water Harvesting System exists at

the Guest House, Science Foundation Building and Township’s residential areas with well

water recharging, Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting and Rain water harvesting ponds.

Further to this, GSFC has constructed 16 water harvesting structure (Recharge well & Furrat

system) in phase manner in 2009 & 2012. The filtrations rate is in the in the range of 65-70



M3/ Hr. of each wells. Four ponds have also been dug out to store the rain water runoff

and percolate the same. The existing RWH system at GSFC is shown in Photographs 10-2

Photographs 10-2: Rain water Harvesting

Furrat System Recharge Well

Since existing RWH system is well developed and adequate for existing run-off water

storage/harvesting no new RWH system is being suggested from Nylon-6 Chips Plant

project.

10.3.3 Concept of Waste Minimization, Recycle, Reuse / Recover, Energy Conservation

and Natural Resource Conservation

Waste Minimization

Cleaner Production (CP) activities & techniques which can be implemented by minor

change in process, handling practice of raw material as well as wastes to be

generated, elimination of pollutants at or near the source etc.

A designated raw material storage area is already provided for better handling.

Proper handling, loading and unloading practices shall be followed for reducing

material wastage.

Self-cleaning screw of twin screw extruder will ensure lower mixed grade generation

during change over in process. The minor mixed grade generated will be recycled

into the process.

Resource Optimization/Recycling and Reuse

Efficient cooling towers are being planned to reduce evaporation losses.

Used oil will be sent to registered refiners



Energy Conservation

In proposed plant, instead of chilled water soft water from R.O plant via cooling

tower will be used for cooling purpose, which will result into conservation of Power

& Raw Water

GSFC has installed 152.8 MW Wind Farm in Kucchh & Saurashtra region, the same is

utilized in Baroda & Sikka Unit.


Major initiatives including installation of VFD’s

Energy efficient machineries, fixtures and equipment will be used during the

construction and operation phase as far as possible.

Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise for energy consumption

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for

desired comfort levels,

Promoting awareness on energy conservation within the premises and usage of solar

heaters

Training staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to such

opportunities

Solar Power Plant of 10 MW is also under execution stage at Charanka Patan

Regular energy conservation initiatives are/will be taken to reduce energy

consumption

10.3.4 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN/ CER

The company also proposes to carry out social welfare activities for the welfare of local

community. The company has proposed a detailed Corporate Environment Responsibility

(CER) Plan. Under this plan, the proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 20 lakhs to be spent

within a span of 5 years in nearby villages like Dashrath, Karachiya, Dumad, Bajwa, Undera .

Activities under the following areas have been identified and shall be carried out:

Education and Youth Development

Infrastructure Development

Miscellaneous activities

Social – Awareness

Health – Awareness

Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per latest OM No. F. No.22-65/2017-IA, dated 1st May, 2018, the fund allocation for the

CER is Rs. 20 lakhs (0.20 Cr.) (1.0% of Additional Capital Investment of Rs. 20 Crore for



undertaking the Socio Economic development activities. Budget with break up for initial

three years is provided in Table 10-6.

Table 10-6: Budget Break-up for CER Activities of 5 years

Sr. No

.

Planned activities under CER as per specific needs at nearest

villages

Budget (Rs. Lakh)

1st year

2nd year

3rd year

4th year

5th Year

Total (20-21)

(21-22)

(22-23)

(23-24)

(24-25)

Villages: Dashrath, Karachiya, Dumad, Bajwa, Undera

1 Education- Smart Class Projects 2 2.5 0 0 0 5.0

2 Infrastructure-Sanitation Blocks 2 0 1.5 1 1 5.0

3 Health- Medical camp at nearby

villages 1 1 3 0 0 5

4 Environment- Distribution of

sapling 1 1 1 2 0 5

Grand Total ~6 ~5 ~5 ~3 ~1 ~20

10.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH OF WORKERS

10.4.1 Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored at plant boundary and near high noise generating

equipment against workplace monitoring requirement as per Factory Act.

All Workmen working in high noise areas are/ will be provided with ear plug, ear muff etc.

where noise levels excess of 80 dbA.

10.4.2 Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently,

special requirements for protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the

following shall be carried out:

Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation. An air-exchange ratio of at

least 6 will be maintained at all times

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to

ensure workers have easy access to the same

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as

heat resistant gloves will be used.



10.4.3 Dust, other Chemicals and Metals being suspended in the Environment

Workmen are/ will be provided with appropriate PPEs, like nose musk / nose respirator,

gloves, helmets, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

10.4.4 Occupational Hazards specific Pre-Placement and Periodical Health Checkup

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are/ will be put to medical examination

periodically as per Factory Act and based on the medical report actions is/ shall be taken.

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

The company is/ will have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or stakeholders at

large. The reporting mechanism is detailed in this section.

Organogram of environment management cell is as shown in Figure 10-1

Figure 10-1: Organogram of Environment Management Cell

10.5.1 INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM POLICY (Covering Responsible care,

Quality, Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy)

Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited (GSFC), engaged in the business of Fertilizers,

Chemicals and industrial Products are committed to customer satisfaction, guiding

principles of Responsible Care and continual improvement in our integrated Management

System and performance.



To achieve this, we commit ourselves to:

Comply with all applicable legislation and other requirements to which we

subscribe;

Conserve natural resource in particular water, raw materials and promote the

development of green surroundings;

Incorporate suitable technologies & method for improvement in quality, energy

efficiency & protection of environment including prevention of pollution and

prevention of injury & ill health.

Eliminate, minimize or control the environmental aspects as well as occupational

health and safety (OHS) hazards and risks;

Provide high degree of safety promotion and encourage safe behavior among all;

Proactively monitor the incidents, unsafe conditions, unsafe acts, hygiene as well

as promptly report and act on such conditions;

Ensuring availability of information and all necessary resources to achieve

objectives & targets Comply work procedures with self-discipline and hold

everyone accountable for their responsibility;

Promote & support procurement of energy efficient system and usage of

renewable energy, Wherever feasible;

Strengthen awareness, skills and competence of employees and contractors' workmen and

also foster dialogue with vendors, customers and community.



CHAPTER-11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

GSFC intends for the capacity enhancement & expansion project of manufacturing Nylon-6

Chips Plant at existing Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. Baroda Unit located at

Fertilizer Nagar, Vadodara, and State Gujarat. The proponent proposes to expand the

existing capacity of:

Nylon-6 Chips Plant from 24425 MTPA after expansion by 20820 MTPA total

production will be 45245 MTPA.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The project is classified as Category “B” project. The proposed project falls under 5 (e),

“Petrochemical based processing – Manufacturing/Fabrication,’’ as per Schedule in EIA

Notification 2006, as amended till date.

11.3 PROPOSED PROJECT

The existing and proposed production capacity is provided in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1: Existing and Proposed Production Capacity

Product

CAS no.

Existing Production

Capacity (MTPA)

Additional Production

Capacity (MTPA)


(MTPA)

Nylon-6 Chips

25038-54-4 24425 20820 45245

The brief description of the project is given in Table 11-2.

Table 11-2: Project description

Sr. No.

Details Description

General Description

1 Nature Petrochemical Based Processing

2 Products Nylon 6 Chips

4 Location Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC)

Fertilizer Nagar, Tal.& Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat State

5 Latitude/Longitude Co-ordinates of the Project Site

Code Latitude Longitude



Sr. No.

Details Description

A 22°22'28.67"N 73° 9'3.92"E

B 22°22'28.91"N 73° 9'4.27"E

C 22°22'28.66"N 73° 9'4.60"E

D 22°22'29.02"N 73° 9'5.12"E

E 22°22'28.61"N 73° 9'5.56"E

F 22°22'27.92"N 73° 9'4.65"E

6 Plot Area Nylon 6 Plant area: 0.0813 Ha.

Total Plot area of GSFC complex: 328 Ha.

7 Cost of the project Approx. INR 20.00 Cr.

Utilities

1 Power

Existing 76 MW

After proposed expansion: 77.4 MW

Sourced from Wind Mill/Cogeneration Plant/MGVCL.

Existing 1 D.G set of 562.5 kVA will be used during emergency.

3 Water Existing: 32051 KLD GSFC Complex, Proposed: 36.95 KLD

sourced from French Well (4 Nos.) in Mahi River (GSFC’s own source).

4 Manpower Existing: 5000 Nos. Proposed:19 Nos.(Construction Phase:15

Nos., Operation Phase:04 Nos. After Expansion: 5019 Nos.

Process Description

The manufacturing process involves mixing and blending of Nylon 6 chips to get

compounded chips and recipe is developed in-house and includes major equipment’s like

extruder. No reaction is involved in proposed manufacturing activity. The process steps

involves continuous or Batch, addition of molten lactam & additives followed by

Polymerization and Chips Production which are extracted dried and bagged.

Infrastructure

The existing unit has sufficient infrastructure/utilities to support the proposed expansion.

11.3.1 Air Emissions & Control

There will be NO flue gas & Process gas emission from proposed project, existing utilities

will be utilized for proposed project.

11.3.2 Noise

Noise generation sources are: Compressor, Pumps, FD-ID Fan, Vehicular movement for

transportation of raw material and product.



11.3.3 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal

• At present the waste water generation of existing Nylon 6 Chips Plant is 135 KLD,

the additional waste water generation from Nylon 6 Chips Plant is 22.7 KLD, after

expansion the waste water generation of Nylon 6 Chips Plant will be 157.7 KLD.

• The 104.4 KLD of process & washing water will be treated in existing ETP-I and

further sent to VECL. The waste water from utilities will be sent directly to VECL.

• The existing sewage generation is 4 KLD, additional sewage generation is 0.5 KLD,

after proposed expansion the sewage generation will be 4.5 KLD. The sewage water

will be disposed off into existing soak pit of Nylon 6 plant.

• The existing waste water generation of GSFC complex is 13989 KLD, after expansion

of Nylon 6 project the overall waste water generation of GSFC Complex will be

14011.2 KLD Industrial.

• GSFC has got the permission of GATL project with effluent disposal quantity into

VECL of 30 KLD. The GATL project was never commissioned, hence GSFC will

surrender the 30 KLD of existing available quantity against proposed 22.2 KLD of

effluent generation from Nylon 6 Chips project.

• The effluent going to VECL will be 13981.2 KLD (14011.2 KLD - 30 KLD) after

expansion i.e effluent discharge will be reduced by 7.8 KLD from existing discharge

quantity. No additional effluent will be discharged into VECL after proposed

expansion.

• GSFC will surrender the waste water disposal quantity of 30 KLD available with it in

the name of GATL project which was never commissioned, against the proposed 22.2

KLD of effluent disposal.

11.3.4 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste

Hazardous Waste: Only Used oil will be generated from proposed project. It will be disposed

by sale to registered refiners.

11.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

11.4.1 Study Period, Area & Monitoring/Sampling Locations

As per the ToR obtained from SEIAA dated 01.04.2019, in ToR point No. 27 baseline studies

to be conducted within the study area of 5 km radius, however we have collected the

baseline studies within 10 km radius. The baseline environmental study has been conducted

for the period 1st March 2018 to 31th May 2018.



Total eight ambient air samples, seven groundwater samples, four soil samples and four

surface water samples were collected. Noise monitoring was carried out at eight different

locations.

Summary of results is as under:

11.4.2 Land Use and Land Cover

Land use of study area is classified as Water Body 1.05%), Agriculture, land (42.93%), Range

Land (26.7%), Barren Land (11.64%) & Settlement (17.67%).

11.4.3 Micro Meteorology

Micrometeorological data were collected by using the weather station as per CPCB guideline

which was installed near project site. Following are the observations:

During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 19.0oC on 10th Mar 2018

and maximum temperature was recorded as 44.4oC on 11th May 2018.

minimum Humidity was recorded 10% on 16th May 2018 and maximum Humidity was

recorded as 84% on 17th May 2018.

Wind speed was observed from 0.1 to 14.5 km/hr in the month of March 2018, from 0.1

to 15.0 km/hr in the month of April 2018 and from 0.1 to 23.4 km/hr in the Month of

May 2018.

11.4.4 Ambient Air Quality

The broad findings of the ambient air quality monitoring are:

PM10 was observed in the range of 62.7 – 86.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM10 was found at Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village


PM2.5 was observed in the range of 32.1 – 46.2 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM2.5 was found at Asoj Village and minimum concentration at Laxmipura Village


SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 8.5 -16.8 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit.

NOx concentration in was observed in the range of 13.7- 20.8 µg/m3, which is well

within the standard limit.

Concentration of NH3 ranged from 1.0 -2.9 µg/m3, which is well within the limit.

Sampling and analysis of HF and Total Fluoride was also carried out and the results

were found in the range <0.3 – 0.8 µg/m3 and <0.3 – 1.9 µg/m3.



11.4.5 Noise Level

The broad findings of the noise level monitoring are:

Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 62.1 to 70.4 dB (A) at Project Site

and it is 49.8 to 50.6 dB (A) in residential area during day time.

Equivalent noise level was recorded in the range of 57.4 to 65.1dB (A) at Project Site

and it is 42.1 to 42.8 dB (A) in residential area during night time.

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 m away from National Highway- 48 and

equivalent noise level was recorded 78.6 dB (A) during day time and 73.8 dB (A)

during night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB

(A).

11.4.6 Soil Quality

The soils are categorized as sandy loam to sandy clay loam based on different soil

separates (sand, silt and clay).

Soil have moderate water holding capacity (53.50 to 60.2 %) and porosity varied

from 48.6 – 50.20 %, but moderate drainage capacity as texture is clay at the site as

> 70 % is clay+ silt.

The soil is categorized as deep black having > 1m depth. The CEC (23.1 to 42.6

meq/100 g) of soil indicated that soils are having moderate (21 to 50 meq/100 g)

productivity potential. The pH ranged from 7.42 to 8.22 during the study period.

The soil EC varied from 0.6 to 1.4 dS/m and ESP ranged from 4.3 to 8.0. These

parameters indicate that soils are neutral to alkaline (pH 7.8 to 8.5) in reaction, non-

saline (EC < 0.8 dS/m) to saline (EC >0.8 dS/m) and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is

< 15. Among exchangeable basic cations, predominance of calcium (12.1 to 20.2

meq/100 gm) was seen followed by magnesium (9.4 to 18.60 meq/100 g), sodium

(1.0 to 3.1 meq/100 gm) and potassium (0.6 to1.2 meq/100 gm).

The loss on ignition (0.82 to 1.1 % OC) indicate that soils are high (>0.75 % OC) in

organic carbon status. This shows that soils are high in nitrogen status.

Considering only 2% available phosphorus based on total P, soils are classified as

poor (>28 kg P2O5/ha) in available P. On the basis of exchangeable potassium values

soils are categorized as medium (140-280 kg K2O/ha) to high (>280 kg K2O/ha) in

potassium status. The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show

alarming concentrations in different soil samples.

11.4.7 Groundwater Quality

The test results were compared with the Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992

(Reaffirmed 2012) and it is summarized as under.



The pH was observed in the range of 6.72– 8.15, which meets with drinking water

norms.

Turbidity was found in the range of 1.0 – 2.4 NTU.

Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) were recorded in the range of 574 - 1208 mg/L with

minimum at Asoj village and maximum at Dashrath village.

Conductivity varies from 862 to 1814 µmho/cm. The ratio of TDS to conductivity was

observed in the range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 258- 732 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari village

and maximum at Dashrath village.

Total Alkalinity was found in the range of 252 - 440 mg/L with minimum at Nandesari

village and maximum at Bajwa village.

Chloride was found in the range of 155 to 274 mg/L and Sulphate varies from18.4 to

287 mg/L.

DO is one of the important parameter which denotes towards the organic

contamination in water and results were found in the range of 5.3 to 5.6 mg/L.

Iron was found in the range of 0.14-0.33 mg/L with minimum at Asoj village and

maximum at Dashrath village.

Testing of other heavy metal parameter was also carried out and all the results were

found well within the limit.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found

Nil.

11.4.8 Surface water Quality

The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the samples was found in the range of 6.81-8.08.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample and it was found in the

range of 358-1112 mg/L.

TSS was found in the range of 10 – 14 mg/L.

Total Hardness ranges from 210– 600 mg/L with maximum in the water sample of

Ranoli village and minimum in Laxmipura.

DO is one of the important parameter to indicate towards the contamination of

organic matter. DO level decreases as soon as organic contamination increases.

During analysis DO was found in the range of 4.6-5.0 mg/L.

COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results were

found more than the expected value. Various literatures show that BOD should be

less than 4.0 mg/L for the better survival of aquatic life.

Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 1.1 – 2.7 mg/L.



Heavy metal analysis was also carried out and the Iron content was found in the

range of 0.12- 0.42 mg/L.

MPN test was also carried out for this surface water sample and it was found

positive. It indicates towards the faecal contamination in surface water body.

11.4.9 Ecology and Biodiversity

The study area covers largely an Agriculture Land like Fallow Land, Crop Land and

Orchard/Trees are covering around 10.58%, 17.37% and 14.98% respectively.

The manmade habitat for fauna like Sayaji Baugh (Garden) and domesticated trees

along the road, houses and some degraded forest in the study area are also

observed.

Peafowl (bird), flap shell Indian turtle and crocodile (reptile) are protected under

Schedule- I as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 in which peafowl is very common

and turtle is restricted to Sursagar Lake located at (7-8 Kms) heart of the city while

crocodile is restricted to Vishwamitri River (7-8 Kms) as these are the niche for the

turtle and crocodile.

Avifauna is common as in almost area have the domesticated trees and sparse

vegetation. No national park or wild life sanctuary is located in 10 km radius from the

projects.

The schedule –I specie has to be protected and not to be disturbed at all as per the

provision of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972, however no impact envisaged on

these species due to expansion of Nylon-6 Plant in the GSFC complex as it is located

in Notified GIDC area.

11.4.10 Socio Economic

The summary of the social survey for the study area is provided as below:

Population and its distribution: There are 35 villages, with a total population of

1,63,219 persons. The Population density in the study area varies from 169 - 5032

person/sq.

Sex ratio: It is in the range of 823 - 1068 (number of females per 1000 males) with

lowest in Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) and highest in Dajipura village.

Literacy Rate: Among all the villages of study area Petro-Chemical Complex (INA) is

having high literacy rate i.e. 91.39 %. There is not much difference between female

literacy rate and male literacy rate in the study area.

Economic Aspects: Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-

workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing

proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that

maximum number of employment can be generated.



11.5 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES


The proposed expansion project involves the capacity enhancement and expansion of

existing Nylon 6 Chips Plant. There shall be no additional stack and vent. Due to proposed

project 6 vehicles will increase on daily basis.


Due to the proposed activities the noise will be generated from Vehicular movement and

heavy fabrication work during construction phase and from vehicular movement for

products & raw materials transportation during operation phase. This impact of noise will be

very negligible.

Control measures will be provided. These include passive and active controls such as noise

barriers (hollow blocks) enclosure. Where this is not possible, control measures in the form

of use of suitable PPE (ear muffs or ear plugs) will be provided.


Surface Water: The proposed unit does not involve disposal of effluent on land directly. The

effluent after getting treated will be sent to VECL through underground drainage pipeline.

Only domestic wastewater generated will be disposed off into soak pit.

Ground Water: Impact on groundwater environment is envisaged due to project activities

due to mixing of process water with storm water drains.

Mitigation measures suggested are:

Separate drain for storm water with parapet wall and bumps is already provided.

There is a separate effluent pipeline laid from Nylon 6 Plant to ETP-I to avoid mixing

of storm water with effluent, same pipeline will be used for conveying proposed

effluent to ETP-I.

The plant is closed and covered hence there is/will be no chances of ingress of storm

water to effluent pit.


Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within existing premises, so there is no

additional land requirement. Land clearance will be done leading to removal of top soil as

there are no shrubs or trees present at site, the excavated soil will be used for greenbelt

management.




The debris generated from the excavation and paving of site during construction phase will

be used for filling low lying area.

Hazardous Waste: Used Oil will be collected, stored, transported, and disposed as per the

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

11.5.6 Biological Environment

There are no floral or faunal habitats on the site, the site is barren and no clearance of

vegetation is envisaged.

There will be no emission from the proposed project hence there will be no impact on

biological environment.

Green Belt Development

The existing unit already has well developed greenbelt comprising of many plant species

spread over an area of 118.7 Ha (36 %).

11.5.7 Socio-Economic Environment

While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to

surrounding population, the upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local

people.

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

The following will be monitored on a regular basis during operation phase to ensure that a

high level of environmental performance is maintained:

Ambient air monitoring will be carried out during operation phase within site

premises and nearby villages, once every season.

Groundwater sample from site or nearby location once every season

Post project sampling and effect on baseline data generated during construction and

operation phase.

The general effectiveness of pollution control measures shall also be monitored.

11.6.1 Socio Economic Development Activities

Socio-economic development activities towards community welfare in the field of

education, health care services, & infrastructure development programs in the study area

is/will be based on the need of the community.



11.6.2 Risk Assessment & OH&S

Risk Assessment

Risk Assessment has been carried out using methodology HIRA (Hazard Identification & risk

Assessment). The activities identified from the phases are like Construction, Operation of

equipment and Transportation & Handling of Raw Materials & Products. The main Hazards

are like Burn (Molten Caprolactam), Mechanical Hazard (rotary Equipment) etc. Mitigation

measures are suggested to reduce initial risk to residual risk (Acceptable Risk).

Comprehensive existing Safety/Control measures are indicated to approach the Hazard

prevention. Company has well developed and updated On Site Emergency Action Plan and

Disaster Management Plan, Which deals all kind of Associated Hazards and Control Action

with Statutory requirement and fulfil the Fire control Accessories.

Occupation Health and Safety

For hazards during construction, erection and operation & maintenance phases, GSFC has

well organized OHC inside the Plant Premises equipped with First-aid kits to cater any

emergency. OHC has 24X7 a qualified Doctor is appointed as FMO (factory medical Officer)

medical officer and male nurse.

11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental Management Plan for suggested mitigation measures and monitoring plan

will include:

Review of Compliance of EMP and statutory conditions in the management meeting

Preparation and timely submission of required statutory reports & Cess

Proper hazardous waste inventory accounting by HSE department

Reviewing annual performance of EHS in management review meeting

An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources

shall be established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management

including statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc.

11.8 CONCLUSION

Based on the EIA study conducted in Summer Season of 2018 and as per terms of reference

given by SEAC dated 01.04.2019 the following highlights emerge:



There are no Protected Areas, Eco-sensitive areas, Interstate boundaries and

international boundaries located in 10 kms of study area from the proposed project

site.

There will be negligible pollution potential on air, water and noise environment,

which, with the implementation of the mitigation measures and EMP, can be

reduced considerably.

The proposed project activities will have positive beneficial effect on the local

population, economic output and other related facilities viz. employment,

development of business, transportation etc.

Rapid risk assessment including emergency response plan and DMP has been

prepared to handle any sort of emergencies.

Looking to the overall project justification, process, pollution potential and pollution

prevention measures /technologies installed by proponent, environmental management

activities of proponent; the proposed project would be environmentally acceptable, in

compliance with environmental legislation and standards.



CHAPTER-12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 COMPANY PROFILE

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is a Surat based company; one of the

leading and multidiscipline Environmental Engineering & Consulting firms of the region.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was founded by Mr. Jayesh S. Patel & Mrs.

Archana J. Patel on May 7, 2008 and M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was

registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.

Office having 6,756 Sq. Ft. of area covering EC/EIA Department, R&D Centre (Environmental

Laboratory), Consent (CTE & CC&A) Department, ETP/Civil Department and Account

Department, Library, Conference Room and Administration Department, etc. with

experienced and qualified staff to render services in the field of Environmental Engineering

& Consulting to various types of industries.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a well-established track record in

monitoring legislation and developing and implementing strategies for organizations that

enable them to manage the impact of environmental issues on their business.

The company has built a reputation for delivering innovative and practical solutions to

environment related business issues. These solutions help our clients to achieve successful

business outcomes and make sustainable environment serving improvements within their

business operations.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO/IEC 17025:2005

Accreditation by NABL, New Delhi for the Competence Testing & Calibration Laboratories on

June 24, 2008 and submitted the application (Version No. 10) to NABL, New Delhi for

ISO/IEC 17025:2005 registration on October 7, 2008. After final assessment and Non-

Conformances resolved and corrective actions taken against the Non-Conformances,

Laboratory Department, M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was accredited

with the certification of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on Oct. 15, 2010 and was valid up to Oct. 14,

2012. Re-accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on June 5, 2013 and was valid

up to June 4, 2015. Re- accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on Jan. 6, 2016

and was valid up to Jan. 5, 2018. Re- accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on

May 28, 2018 and is valid up to May 27, 2020.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO 9001:2008

registration for Quality Management System on December 1, 2009 and submitted the

application for ISO 9001:2008 registration on March 4, 2010. After final assessment, M/s.



Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was certified from ANAB by M/s. Intertek

System Certification on May 4, 2010 and it was valid up to May 4, 2013. We were re-

certified on May 4, 2013 and it was valid up to May 4, 2016. We were re-certified on May

30, 2016 and it was valid up to Sept. 14, 2018. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt.

Ltd. got ISO 9001:2015 from M/s. Equalitas Certifications Ltd. on Dec, 4, 2018 and it is valid

up to Dec. 3, 2021. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. got OHSAS 18001:2007

from M/s. Equalitas Certifications Ltd. on March 16, 2019 and it is valid up to March 15,

2022.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for “EIA Consultant

Organization” accreditation under National Accreditation Board for Education And Training

(NABET)/Quality Council of India (QCI), New Delhi on January 7, 2010 and submitted the

application (Rev. 06) for “EIA Consultant Organization” accreditation under NABET, New

Delhi on April 8, 2010. Office assessment was done by external NABET/QCI auditors [Dr. L.

Ramakrishnan & Mr. A. K. Gupta (B.Sc. Mechanical Engg.)] on Feb. 3 & 4, 2011. NABET/QCI

closed the application of M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. on March 15,

2011. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. filed SCA in Hon’ble High Court of

Gujarat against MoEF, QCI & NABET, New Delhi on April 13, 2012. Hon’ble High Court of

Gujarat issued stay order against operation of all OMs (related to NABET/QCI Scheme) of

MoEF, New Delhi for the company on Jan. 24, 2013. MoEFCC, New Delhi published

Notification regarding mandatory implementation accreditation scheme of NABET/QCI on

March 3, 2016. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. along with 11 EIA Consultants

of Gujarat filed SCA No. 5312 of 2016 in Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat. Hon'ble High Court

of Gujarat gave Stay Order on Apr. 5, 2016 against implementation of Notification dated

March 3, 2016 of MoEFCC, New Delhi till further orders.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. received the Certificate of Registration of

Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry, Govt. of India on January

18, 2011

The company’s work is spread all over Gujarat in India & Oman. Company have already

prepared 428 Form-1, 347 EIA & EMP reports, 329 Risk Assessment & DMP reports,

conducted 84 Public Hearings and obtained 313 Environmental Clearances so far that

includes Water related Projects / Pesticide Industry Projects / Textile Industry Projects /

Sugar Industry Projects / Chemical Industries / Specialty Chemical Industry Projects / Bulk

Drug (API) Industry Projects / Chemical Fertilizer Industry Projects / Cement Plants / Thermal

Power Plants / Mining Projects / Infrastructure Projects / Construction Projects / Distilleries

/ Petrochemical Industry Projects/ SEZ Projects/ CRZ Projects, etc.

Company's NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory has conducted Environmental Monitoring &

Analysis with Environmental Institute and Gujarat Pollution Control Board in Industrial



Estates of Ankleshwar, Panoli & Jhagadia. Company is also doing Turnkey/Consulting

Projects for M/s. BASF India Ltd. (Unit-2), Ankleshwar (Detail Engineering for Effluent

Treatment Plant), M/s. Reva Proteins Ltd., Jhagadia (Design of Effluent Treatment Plant,

supply of mechanical items, Commissioning and operation of Effluent Treatment Plant),

M/s. GSP Crop Science P. Ltd., Nadesari (Detail Engineering for Effluent Treatment Plant),

M/s. Solvay Specialties India P. Ltd., Panoli (Up gradation of Effluent Treatment Plant), M/s.

Kantha Vibhag Sahkari Khand Udyog Mandali Ltd., Olpad (Turnkey: Effluent Treatment

Plant), M/s. Hindusthan M-I Swaco Ltd., Panoli (Turnkey: Sewage Treatment Plant), M/s.

Hindusthan M-I Swaco Ltd., Dahej SEZ (Turnkey: UF & RO Plant), M/s. Colourtex Ind. Ltd.,

Vilayat (Consultancy for Sewage Treatment Plant), M/s Thermax Ltd., Dahej SEZ

(Consultancy for Effluent Treatment and Recycling Plant), M/s. Glenmark Pharmaceuticals

Ltd., Dahej SEZ (Consultancy work for ZLD Effluent Treatment Plant and recycling Plant),

M/s. Firmenich Aromatics India P. Ltd., Daman (Turnkey: Modification of Effluent Treatment

Plant to ZLD), M/s. Gujarat Argo Infrastructure Mega Food Park Pvt. Ltd., Mangrol (Industry)

(Turnkey: Effluent Treatment Plant), M/s. Gujarat Argo Infrastructure Mega Food Park Pvt.

Ltd., Mangrol (Park) (Turnkey: Common Effluent Treatment Plant), M/s. Panoli Enviro

Technology Ltd. (Consultancy for Expansion of Common Effluent Treatment Plant), M/s. Privi

Organics India Ltd., Jhagadia (Turnkey work of Effluent Treatment Plant to ZLD), M/s. Halol

Industries Environment & Infrastructure Ltd., Halol (Consultancy for ZLD Common Effluent

Treatment Plant), M/s. Parshwnath Pigment Ltd., Padra (Consultancy for Effluent Treatment

Plant), etc

1. ABOUT US

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has registered office in one of the top five

fastest growing cities of India – Surat. We are one of the most trusted and reliable

environmental and engineering consultancy service providers. With complete hold in the

related domain and proficiency, we execute our work all over Gujarat region.

In addition to engineering consultancy, we also execute turnkey projects for effluent

treatment plants at the client's site.

2. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd is

One of the leading companies in the region providing high quality services in environmental

engineering to the best of client's satisfaction.

Possess a well - developed design office with Computer Center and Laboratory -cum- R&D

Center to carry out designing and analysis in the field of environmental engineering.

Recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditor under the Environment Audit Scheme

proposed by the Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat.



Listed with Gujarat Pollution Control Board as Consultants and proposing to get enlisted

with GPCB as Pollution Control Equipment Suppliers.

Going to become a member of Consulting Engineers Association of India.

Having well-developed library to render services in the field of environmental auditing,

consulting, monitoring and analysis.

3. ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.

2. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on

Dec. 24, 2008.

3. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on May 4, 2010. Import Export Licence

received from Government of India on May 31, 2010.

4. Solvency Certificate of Rs. 1,40,00,000/- received from Bank of India, Gopipura

branch, Surat on Sept. 3, 2010.

5. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

(NABL) received on Oct. 15, 2010.

6. Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade

Marks Registry, Govt. of India on Jan. 18, 2011.

7. Certificate of Authorization as dealer in India received from Spectrum Technologies,

Inc., USA on May 1, 2011.


May 04, 2011.

9. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on April 01, 2013. (Reassessment). And

Certificate is valid upto May 04, 2016.

10. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

(NABL) received on June 05, 2013. (Reassessment). And Certificate of NABL is valid

upto June 04,2015


January 4, 2014. (Reassessment). And Certificate of Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor is valid upto January 17, 2017.

4. SERVICE PROVIDE

M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. offers following specialized services

in Environmental Engineering, Water Supply Engineering and Civil Engineering.

4.1 TURN KEY/BOOT/BOO PROJECTS

4.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING



Detailed design Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Construction Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

Fabrication Recycling Plants (RPs)

Piping Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Electrification Incineration System Plants (ISPs)

Supply Hazardous waste Storage areas (HWSAs)

Erection Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Testing and Commissioning of Effluent

Treatment Plants (ETPs)

Bio–Medical Waste (BMW) Treatment

Facilities on a turnkey or BOOT/BOO basis.

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

4.1.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING

Construction of

Water Treatment Plan Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs)

Sewage Treatment plant Underground Reservoirs (UGRs)

Industrial Wastewater Treatment plant Sewage Pumping Stations, etc.

4.2 CONSULTING


1. Complete study of the Pollution Problem in industries from wastes generation to

disposal and providing necessary technical knowledge like–

How including design Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Basic engineering, detailed engineering Recycling plants (RPs) for reuse of water

upto maximum extent Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Tender preparation for Effluent

Treatment Plants (ETPs) for industrial

wastewater

Incineration System Plants (ISPs) for various

non-biodegradable or toxic industrial wastes

on Consulting basis

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) for

residential wastewater

Design of Hazardous waste Storage area and

Consultancy Services for Secured/ Sanitary

Landfill Facilities

Common Effluent Treatment Plants

(CETPs) for more than two industries

Design and Consultancy Services for Bio –

Medical Waste Treatment Facilities.



2. Water Supply Distribution System

Analysis Tender preparation

Design

3. Laboratory Analysis of

Air Waste Water

Water Industrial Effluent

Sewage Industrial Sludge

4. Process Study

Reduce the pollution at source Reuse / Recycle effluent

5. Pollution Control Facility

Performance study of existing Suggesting scheme for the optimization of

the facility

6. Environment Management

Environmental Clearance from Environmental Impact Assessment Studies

(EIAs)

MoEF Short term (Rapid)

New Delhi or DoEF Long term (Comprehensive)

Gandhinagar

Environmental statements Environmental Auditing

7. Statutory Requirements under Factory

Act

Safety Audit HAZOP study

On-site / Off-site Emergency Plan

8. For Various Energy Conservation

Schemes

Energy Audit Design



9. Environmental Management System

Preparing Adequacy Report Preparing Efficacy Report

10. Operation and Maintenance (O & M)

Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs) Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

11. Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Stack

Vent

12. Design of Pollution Control Equipment

Cyclone Flash mixers

Scrubbers Reaction Vessels

Bag Filters, fume extraction systems Clariflocculators

Blowers Scrapper Mechanisms

Aerators Incinerators

Agitators Scrubbers, etc.

13. Pollution Control

Effluent Survey Feasibility Studies

Environmental review of Pollution control

equipment and systems

Laboratory bench scale Treatability studies

Pilot Plant studies etc.

14. Consulting Service

NOC Air Consent

Water Consent Hazardous Waste Authorization Application,

etc.

15. As per requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules

Monitoring filling up Form-37

Analysis of Work Area Environment



16. Technical Consultation & assistance to ensure and assure compete Environ-Legal

compliance

Liaison with statutory bodies in order to

get the required permits

Clearance

Consents

4.3 EQUIPMENT MFG. /TRADING


1. Manufacture and supply of Pollution Control Equipment such as

Incinerators With scrubbers Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) units Autoclaves Cyclone Hydro-claves Scrubbers Fixed Aerators Bag Filters Floating Aerators Oil Skimmers Submersible Aerators (EOLO2) Deoiler Pipes Submersible Mixers (RIO or BRIO) API separators Cascade Aerators Vacuum Drum filters Clarifier mechanisms Solid bowl centrifuges Agitators Filter presses Clariflocculator Belt filters Clariflocculator mechanism Reaction vessels Flash mixes Reverse Osmosis, etc. Oil skimmers

gujarat state fertilizers & chemicals...

Documents